5584 lines
331 KiB
Plaintext
5584 lines
331 KiB
Plaintext
# translation of gramps help to Dutch
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Project-Id-Version: nl\n"
|
|
"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-28 22:45-0600\n"
|
|
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-09 21:28+0100\n"
|
|
"Last-Translator: Frederik De Richter <erik.de.richter@be.gm.com>\n"
|
|
"Language-Team: Dutch <vertaling@vrijschrift.org>\n"
|
|
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
|
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
|
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
|
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:454(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/first-open.png'; md5=c35fdf77ea729e10d177896acb3a9df1"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:561(None) C/gramps.xml:737(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/mainwin.png'; md5=44c81877c2dd94d3656bfdd5dd835977"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:757(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/noside-nofilt.png'; md5=f07a82fb6f090a8807dd77cbc121efdd"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:811(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/column-editor.png'; md5=7e6fa02ee2462f9c06e977d28467982c"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:850(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/side-filt.png'; md5=8d35d5032e190b1a931d2817c30098c5"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:885(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/family.png'; md5=2e0bb45a1d267884621b5183446479ec"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1013(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/family-list.png'; md5=10a50ab614eed2126d94d31a0e33cdff"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1050(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/pedigree.png'; md5=ee1d9f51801f00e763c6678a93dd52b3"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1081(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/pedigree-child-cut.png'; md5=e18523c240627db23fe5f049612cbb3a"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1104(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/pedigree-siblings-cut.png'; md5=d166057a80f01d7f9ff70a20515c2c67"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1142(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/events.png'; md5=9b04d1a271de5dc118034f5e4bcefd44"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1193(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/sources.png'; md5=3ea3513ae883310e86beca6307506659"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1235(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/places.png'; md5=0d71925e9fb5380a3f99834d7d11a984"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1268(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/media.png'; md5=a908b06114ad2804a71644ccbcb4bb28"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1295(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/repository.png'; md5=8a65d2fd60529ef9b00cef5016b70adc"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1580(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/export-druid.png'; md5=1d9a8c8626b3d1cd6fc7873e683036c6"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1701(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/gedcom-export.png'; md5=e94ebb92c991b7168590a4c4c60131de"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1917(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-family.png'; md5=36049631914973e83ec7fd5c97d1adca"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1941(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/select-person.png'; md5=f51bb17fa724fd4ce5c47ef1973f8cd5"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2000(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/select-family.png'; md5=cf0617bed2303d62763aaa51ce8a0f03"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2029(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/family-warn.png'; md5=962cb3d87874bb520a1ed7e08ccf56e3"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2075(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/child-ref.png'; md5=d5a0e81a1316854f8ab8b6cf90ffbfdc"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2278(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person.png'; md5=c7d5a14b23c24dd520c1ecf3ca6d28e8"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2426(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-names.png'; md5=a6b26146540aaa214f08aca74d21d6be"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2485(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-attributes.png'; md5=2941d6118ea9fe881203d25160519f46"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2526(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-addresses.png'; md5=b2a74807f332bce2accd4f72788a278d"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2553(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-notes.png'; md5=adec40abac77cb469fdef52069122320"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2596(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-sources.png'; md5=d57251b979c85b2d03fc41e349c03cd0"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2670(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-gallery.png'; md5=c6b680fa8057e5a06a068eb4cbaed041"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2717(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-internet.png'; md5=64234b3b61a92000e9970493fb5d66d7"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2750(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-assoc.png'; md5=7cc2a3dc1f13da085c0dfc8daf8d5bc0"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2789(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-lds.png'; md5=eeb96348e489e0bd68a14212fc530bac"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3013(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/date-selection.png'; md5=81ff3a3f6da5f407a77b3c40d1ef41ee"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3070(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-rel.png'; md5=61a270b73516160aa56a23072b1e36b2"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3279(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-src.png'; md5=6e326d7f2488f3bba3aab0f25256d593"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3436(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-plc.png'; md5=687c7552e1031973b9133a980389a859"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3609(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-media.png'; md5=707d49daec1dc32d1537b5e75861417b"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3741(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-ev.png'; md5=7c583eb64b008104983ceb158d4188bf"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3837(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-si.png'; md5=46ccde314a52b32bb7f9b1b7d374fe79"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3890(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-an.png'; md5=801af796347efa6b3130e4ca7d399f90"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4013(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-at.png'; md5=e84225f9672e2edcb572c6147efb9810"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4118(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-ad.png'; md5=abdf8102bf071625824650e7496bd125"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4263(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/comp-people.png'; md5=5854a70cf67e0217a25c3969a3fbd123"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4312(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/merge-people.png'; md5=703729d41c7e3b14810e6cb946ec8fc1"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4359(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/merge-src.png'; md5=3185090c8940312bce428ab58e31209e"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4396(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/merge-plc.png'; md5=aa4992ab7c9c90d1b59e8595dfac96a3"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4634(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-bm.png'; md5=5e8d6c8d2d59bcfbee36589d972b1992"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4662(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/find-people.png'; md5=229dcb54a8fe75bdadbfe21c86fc4bee"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4851(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/bookreport.png'; md5=3b19cea4fdeaa92d73c8b71d1eb81e34"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5697(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/cfe-df.png'; md5=0d0af4edb236c46b435fc17c12e52d76"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5735(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/cfe-ar.png'; md5=4844f4d9c8e6b132e8a0e9415e599251"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5795(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/scratch-pad.png'; md5=7a61eb7278515ad20e4411c2f36e5da3"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5909(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/prefs.png'; md5=60cff258121fda4b9e95c990888d36c7"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:29(title) C/gramps.xml:165(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.8"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handleiding V2.8"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:32(para)
|
|
msgid "The GRAMPS Manual is the user manual helping users to find their way around GRAMPS software. All aspects are covered, including the general details, subtle tips, preferences, tools, reports, etc."
|
|
msgstr "De GRAMPS Handleiding is de gebruikershandleiding om de gebruikers hun weg te laten vinden in het GRAMPS programma. Alle aspecten worden behandeld, inbegrepen de algemene zaken, subtiele tips, hulpmiddelen, rapporten, enz."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:39(year) C/gramps.xml:261(date) C/gramps.xml:274(date)
|
|
msgid "2001"
|
|
msgstr "2001"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:41(holder)
|
|
msgid "Donald N. Allingham"
|
|
msgstr "Donald N. Allingham"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:45(year)
|
|
msgid "2003-2005"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:47(holder)
|
|
msgid "Alex Roitman"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:66(publishername) C/gramps.xml:97(orgname) C/gramps.xml:109(orgname) C/gramps.xml:119(orgname) C/gramps.xml:173(para) C/gramps.xml:186(para) C/gramps.xml:199(para) C/gramps.xml:212(para) C/gramps.xml:228(para) C/gramps.xml:241(para) C/gramps.xml:254(para) C/gramps.xml:267(para) C/gramps.xml:280(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Project"
|
|
msgstr "Het GRAMPS Project"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:70(para)
|
|
msgid "This manual is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version."
|
|
msgstr "Deze handleiding is vrije software; u kunt dit herverdelen of veranderen onder de GNU General Public License zoals dit gepubliceerd werd door de Fee Software Foundation; volgens versie 2 van deze Licentie, of volgens uw keuze naar een volgende versie."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:75(para)
|
|
msgid "This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details."
|
|
msgstr "Deze handleiding wordt verdeeld in de hoop dat ze bruikbaar is, maar ZONDER GELIJKWELKE GARANTIE; zonder zelfs een garantie dat dit voor een bepaald doel geschikt zou zijn of een garantie op VERKOOPBAARHEID. Zie daarvoor de GNU GPL voor meer details."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:80(para)
|
|
msgid "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA"
|
|
msgstr "U zou een kopie moeten ontvangen hebben van de GNU GPL samen met dit programma; indien niet, schrijf naar Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:92(firstname)
|
|
msgid "Alex"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:94(surname)
|
|
msgid "Roitman"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:99(email)
|
|
msgid "shura@gramps-project.org"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:104(firstname) C/gramps.xml:116(firstname)
|
|
msgid "Donald N."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:106(surname) C/gramps.xml:117(surname)
|
|
msgid "Allingham"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:111(email) C/gramps.xml:120(email)
|
|
msgid "don@gramps-project.org"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:167(date)
|
|
msgid "July 2006"
|
|
msgstr "Juli 2006"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:170(para) C/gramps.xml:183(para) C/gramps.xml:196(para) C/gramps.xml:209(para) C/gramps.xml:222(para) C/gramps.xml:238(para) C/gramps.xml:251(para)
|
|
msgid "Alex Roitman <email>shura@gramps-project.org</email>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:178(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.5"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handleiding V2.5"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:180(date)
|
|
msgid "February 2004"
|
|
msgstr "Februari 2004"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:191(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.4"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handleiding V2.4"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:193(date)
|
|
msgid "December 2003"
|
|
msgstr "December 2003"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:204(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.3"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handleiding V2.3"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:206(date)
|
|
msgid "September 2003"
|
|
msgstr "September 2003"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:217(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.2"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handleiding V2.2"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:219(date)
|
|
msgid "July 2003"
|
|
msgstr "Juli 2003"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:225(para)
|
|
msgid "Donald A. Peterson <email>dpeterson@sigmaxi.org</email>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:233(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.1"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handleiding V2.1"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:235(date)
|
|
msgid "May 2003"
|
|
msgstr "Mei 2003"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:246(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.0"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handleiding V2.0"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:248(date)
|
|
msgid "April 2003"
|
|
msgstr "April 2003"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:259(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS User Manual V1.1"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handleiding V1.1"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:264(para) C/gramps.xml:277(para)
|
|
msgid "Donald N. Allingham <email>don@gramps-project.org</email>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:272(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "gramps User Manual V1.0"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handleiding V1.0"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:285(releaseinfo)
|
|
msgid "This manual describes version 2.2.0 of GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Deze handleiding beschrijf GRAMPS versie 2.2.0."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:289(title)
|
|
msgid "Preface"
|
|
msgstr "Voorwoord"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:291(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS is a software package designed for genealogical research. Although similar to other genealogical programs, GRAMPS offers some unique and powerful features, which we'll discuss below."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS is een software pakket voor genealogisch onderzoek. Alhoewel het gelijkt op andere genealogische programma's, biedt GRAMPS toch een aantal unieke en krachtige kenmerken, die we verder zullen bespreken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:295(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS is an Open Source Software package, which means you are free to make copies and distribute it to anyone you like. It's developed and maintained by a worldwide team of volunteers whose goal is to make GRAMPS powerful, yet easy to use."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS is een Open Bron pakket, wat wil zeggen dat u vrij bent om kopieën te maken en te verdelen aan wie u wil. Het programma werd ontwikkeld en wordt onderhouden door een wereldwijde groep van vrijwilligers. Hun doel is om GRAMPS krachtig te maken, maar toch eenvoudig om te gebruiken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:301(title)
|
|
msgid "Why use GRAMPS?"
|
|
msgstr "Waarom GRAMPS gebruiken?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:303(para)
|
|
msgid "Most genealogy programs allow you to enter information about your ancestors and descendants. Typically, they can display family relationships through charts, graphs, or reports. Some allow you to include pictures or other media. Most let you include information about people even if those people are not related to the primary family you happen to be researching. And they may include features that let you exchange data with other programs and print different types of reports."
|
|
msgstr "De meeste genealogische programma's laten u toe om informatie over uw nakomelingen en voorouders in te geven. Ze tonen meestal de familie relaties in grafische of tekst vorm. En mogelijk hebben ze functies die u toelaten om gegevens uit te wisselen met andere programma's en om verschillende vormen van rapporten uit te drukken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:312(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS has all these capabilities and more. Notably, it allows you to integrate bits and pieces of data as they arise from your research and to put them in one place -- your computer. You can then use your computer to manipulate, correlate, and analyze your data, rather than messing with reams of paper."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS biedt al deze mogelijkheden en meer dan dat. Het programma laat u toe om stukjes informatie die door onderzoek werden verzameld te integreren in een plaats : uw computer. U kunt dan uw computer gebruiken om deze gegevens te analyseren, te manipuleren en te correleren zonder hopen papier te gebruiken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:320(title)
|
|
msgid "Typographical conventions"
|
|
msgstr "Typografische afspraken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:325(application)
|
|
msgid "Applications"
|
|
msgstr "Toepassingen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:329(simpara)
|
|
msgid "<command>Commands</command> you type at the command line"
|
|
msgstr "<command>Opdrachten</command> die u typt op de opdrachtregel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:334(filename)
|
|
msgid "Filenames"
|
|
msgstr "Bestandsnamen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:338(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "Replaceable text"
|
|
msgstr "Vervangbare tekst"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:342(simpara)
|
|
msgid "<guilabel>Labels</guilabel> for buttons and other portions of the graphical interface"
|
|
msgstr "<guilabel>Labels</guilabel> voor knoppen en andere onderdelen van de grafische interface"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:347(simpara)
|
|
msgid "Menu selections look like this: <menuchoice><guimenu>Menu</guimenu><guisubmenu>Submenu</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Menu Item</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
|
|
msgstr "Menu keuzes zien er zou uit: <menuchoice><guimenu>Menu</guimenu><guisubmenu>Submenu</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Menu Item</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:357(simpara)
|
|
msgid "<guibutton>Buttons</guibutton> you can click"
|
|
msgstr "<guibutton>Knoppen</guibutton> die u kan aanklikken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:361(userinput)
|
|
#, no-wrap
|
|
msgid "Anything you type in"
|
|
msgstr "Alles wat u intypt"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:322(para)
|
|
msgid "In this book, some words are marked with special typography: <placeholder-1/>"
|
|
msgstr "In dit boek werden sommige woorden gemarkeerd met een speciale typografie: <placeholder-1/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:367(title)
|
|
msgid "Example Tip"
|
|
msgstr "Voorbeeld tip"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:369(para)
|
|
msgid "Tips and bits of extra information will look like this."
|
|
msgstr "Tips en bijkomende informatie wordt als volgt getoond."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:371(title)
|
|
msgid "Example Note"
|
|
msgstr "Voorbeeld opmerking"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:373(para)
|
|
msgid "Notes will look like this."
|
|
msgstr "Opmerkingen zien er zo uit."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:365(para)
|
|
msgid "The manual also provides assorted bits of additional information in tips and notes, as follows. <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:378(title)
|
|
msgid "Example Warning"
|
|
msgstr "Voorbeeld waarschuwing"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:380(para)
|
|
msgid "This is what a warning looks like. If there's a chance you'll run into trouble, you will be warned beforehand."
|
|
msgstr "Zo ziet een waarschuwing er uit. Wanneer er problemen te verwachten zijn, wordt u op voorhand verwittigd."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:376(para)
|
|
msgid "Finally, there are warnings, notifying you where you should be careful: <placeholder-1/>"
|
|
msgstr "Dit zijn tot slot, waarschuwingen die u verwittigen dat u voorzichtig moet zijn: <placeholder-1/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:387(title)
|
|
msgid "Getting Started"
|
|
msgstr "Beginnen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:389(para)
|
|
msgid "In this chapter, we'll begin with the basics. We'll show you how to start GRAMPS and how to get help when you need it."
|
|
msgstr "In dit hoofdstuk starten we met de basis. We tonen u hoe u GRAMPS start en hoe hulp te krijgen wanneer u het nodig hebt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:393(title)
|
|
msgid "To Start GRAMPS"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS starten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:395(para)
|
|
msgid "You can start GRAMPS in the following ways:"
|
|
msgstr "U kunt GRAMPS op een aantal manieren starten:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:399(term)
|
|
msgid "From the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu"
|
|
msgstr "Via het <guimenu>Toepassingen</guimenu> menu"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:402(para)
|
|
msgid "Select GRAMPS from the list of programs displayed in your computer's Applications menu. (The location and appearance of this menu vary slightly from one distribution of Linux to another. On the default GNOME desktop, you'll find GRAMPS in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Other</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu."
|
|
msgstr "Selecteer GRAMPS in de getoonde lijst van programma's in het menu Toepassingen van uw computer. (De plaats en het voorkomen van deze lijst hangt af van uw Linux distributie. Op het standaard GNOME bureaublad, vindt u GRAMPS onder het menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Toepassingen</guimenu><guisubmenu>Andere</guisubmenu></menuchoice>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:414(term)
|
|
msgid "From the command line"
|
|
msgstr "Via een opdrachtregel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:417(para)
|
|
msgid "If you're adept with Linux and like to work from the command line, you can start GRAMPS by calling up a terminal window, typing <command>gramps</command>, and then pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
|
|
msgstr "Indien u vertrouwt bent met Linux en u graag via de opdrachtregel werkt, kunt u GRAMPS starten door via een terminal venster, en geef de opdracht <command>gramps</command> en druk dan <keycap>Enter</keycap> te drukken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:422(para)
|
|
msgid "If you would like GRAMPS to open a specific database or to import a specific file on startup, you can supply the filename as a command line argument:"
|
|
msgstr "Als u wilt dat bij het opstarten van GRAMPS een bepaald gegevensbestand geopend wordt, of een bepaald bestand geïmporteerd wordt, kunt u de bestandsnaam meegeven als een bijkomend gegeven in de opdrachtregel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:426(filename)
|
|
msgid "gramps filename.grdb"
|
|
msgstr "gramps bestandsnaam.grdb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:428(para)
|
|
msgid "where <filename>filename.grdb</filename> is the name of the file you want to open. The command line provides many more ways to start GRAMPS and perform different tasks."
|
|
msgstr "<filename>bestandsnaam.grdb</filename> is de naam van het bestand dat u wilt openen. De opdrachtregel geeft nog veel meer mogelijkheden om GRAMPS te starten en verscheidene taken uit te voeren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:437(title)
|
|
msgid "Choosing a database"
|
|
msgstr "Kies een gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:439(para)
|
|
msgid "If GRAMPS is started without a database selected, the initial screen will have little functionality. Most operations will not be available. To load a database, select either <guibutton>New</guibutton> to create a new database, or <guibutton>Open</guibutton> to open an existing database. GRAMPS keeps track of your recently opened databases, and these can be selected by clicking on the arrow next to the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button and choosing from the drop down menu."
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer GRAMPS opstart zonder dat een gegevensbestand gekozen wordt, zal het opstartscherm weinig functionaliteit bieden.De meeste bewerkingen zijn niet beschikbaar. Om een gegevensbestand te laden, kiest u <guibutton>Nieuw</guibutton> om een nieuw gegevensbestand aan te maken, of <guibutton>Openen</guibutton> om een bestaand gegevensbestand te openen. GRAMPS houdt bij welke gegevensbestanden laatst geopend werden. Deze kunnen geselecteerd worden door op de pijl naast de <guibutton>Openen</guibutton> knop te klikken en dan een bestand te kiezen van het menu."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:449(title)
|
|
msgid "Initial Window"
|
|
msgstr "Startvenster"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:458(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Initial Window."
|
|
msgstr "Startvenster."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:466(title)
|
|
msgid "Obtaining Help"
|
|
msgstr "Hulp verkrijgen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:468(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS has a <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu></menuchoice> menu that you can consult at any time. It includes the following items:"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS bevat een <menuchoice><guimenu>Hulp</guimenu></menuchoice> menu dat u steeds kunt raadplegen. Het bevat volgende items:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:475(term)
|
|
msgid "User manual"
|
|
msgstr "Gebruikershandleiding"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:478(para)
|
|
msgid "An electronic version of the manual that you can access while you work in GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Een elektronische versie van de handleiding die u kunt raadplegen terwijl u in GRAMPS werkt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:484(term)
|
|
msgid "FAQ"
|
|
msgstr "FAQ : veelgestelde vragen(-lijst)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:487(para)
|
|
msgid "A list of Frequently Asked Questions about GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Veelgestelde vragen(-lijst) over GRAMPS."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:492(term)
|
|
msgid "Tip of the day"
|
|
msgstr "Dagtip"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:495(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the \"Tip of the day\" dialog."
|
|
msgstr "geef de \"Tip van de dag\" dialog weer."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:500(term)
|
|
msgid "Plugin status"
|
|
msgstr "Status van de Plugin : additionele uitbreidingen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:503(para)
|
|
msgid "Use this item to display the status of any plugins you may have added."
|
|
msgstr "Gebruik deze item om de status van alle, door u toegevoegde, uitbreidingen weer te geven"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:509(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS home page"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS thuispagina"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:512(para)
|
|
msgid "A link to the GRAMPS' project web site."
|
|
msgstr "Een link naar de GRAMPS project web site."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:517(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS mailing lists"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS mailing-lijsten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:520(para)
|
|
msgid "Gives you direct access to GRAMPS' mailing list archives."
|
|
msgstr "Geeft u onmiddelijk toegang tot de archieven van de GRAMPS mailing-lijsten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:526(term)
|
|
msgid "Report a bug"
|
|
msgstr "Rapporteer een fout"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:529(para)
|
|
msgid "Choose this item to file a bug report in our bug tracking system. (Remember, GRAMPS is a living project. We want to know about any problems you encounter so we can work to solve them for everyone's benefit.)"
|
|
msgstr "Kies dit item om een foutrapport door te geven naar het foutopvolgingssysteem. (Denk eraan, GRAMPS is een levend project. We willen graag alle problemen die u tegenkomt, weten, zodat we oplossingen kunnen zoeken zodat GRAMPS steeds beter wordt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:537(term)
|
|
msgid "About"
|
|
msgstr "Over"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:540(para)
|
|
msgid "This item displays a dialog with general information about the GRAMPS version you are running."
|
|
msgstr "Deze item geeft een dialoog weer die algemene informatie toont welke GRAMPS-versie u momenteel draait."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:549(title)
|
|
msgid "Main Window"
|
|
msgstr "Hoofdvenster"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:551(para)
|
|
msgid "When you open a database (either existing or new), the following window is displayed:"
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer u een gegevensbestand (een bestaand of nieuw), zal het volgende venster getoond worden:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:555(title)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Main Window"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Hoofvenster"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:567(para)
|
|
msgid "The main GRAMPS window contains the following elements:"
|
|
msgstr "Het GRAMPS hoofdvenster bevat de volgende elementen:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:571(term)
|
|
msgid "Menubar"
|
|
msgstr "Menubalk"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:574(para)
|
|
msgid "The menubar is located at the very top of the window (right below the window title) and provides access to all the features of GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "De Menubalk bevindt zich helemaal bovenaan het venster(juist onder de venstertitel) en verschaft toegang tot alle mogelijkeheden van GRAMPS."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:581(term)
|
|
msgid "Toolbar"
|
|
msgstr "Hulpmiddelenbalk"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:584(para)
|
|
msgid "The toolbar is located right below the menubar. It gives you access to the most frequently used functions of GRAMPS. You can set options that control how it appears by going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. You can also hide it entirely by going to <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Toolbar</guisubmenu></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr "De hulpmiddelenbalk bevindt zich juist onder de menubalk. Dit geeft toegang tot de meest gebruikte functies in GRAMPS. U kunt zelf bepalen hoe de hulpmiddelenbalk er dient uit te zien, door <menuchoice><guimenu>Bewerken</guimenu><guisubmenu>Voorkeuren</guisubmenu></menuchoice> aan te klikken. U kunt ook de volledige balk onzichtbaar maken door <menuchoice><guimenu>Beeld</guimenu><guisubmenu>Hulpmiddelenbalk</guisubmenu></menuchoice> aan te klikken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:600(term)
|
|
msgid "Progress Bar"
|
|
msgstr "Voortgangsbalk"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:603(para)
|
|
msgid "The Progress Bar is located in the lower left corner of the GRAMPS window. It displays the progress of time consuming operations, such as opening and saving large databases, importing and exporting to other formats, generating web sites, etc. When you are not doing these types of operations, the Progress Bar is blank."
|
|
msgstr "De voortgangsbalk bevindt zich links onderaan in het GRAMPS-venster. Het geeft het voortschrijden van langdurende operaties weer, zoals openen en opslaan van grote gegevensbestanden, het importeren en exporteren van en naar andere formaten, het aanmaken van web sites, enz. De balk blijft leeg indien geen van deze langdurende operaties worden uitgevoerd."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:613(term)
|
|
msgid "Status Bar"
|
|
msgstr "Statusbalk"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:616(para)
|
|
msgid "The Status Bar is located to the right of the Progress Bar, on the very bottom of the GRAMPS window. It displays information about current GRAMPS activity and contextual information about the selected items. The behavior of the Status Bar can be adjusted in the Preferences dialog, which can be found by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr "De Statusbalk bevindt zich rechts van de Voortgangsbalk, helemaal onderaan het GRAMPS venster. Deze balk toont informatie over de huidige GRAMPS activiteit en contekstuele informatie over de gekozen onderdelen. De eigenschappen van de Statusbalk kunnen aangepast worden met de Voorkeuren dialoog. Die kan gevonden worden door <menuchoice><guimenu>Aanpassen</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> te selecteren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:629(term)
|
|
msgid "Display area"
|
|
msgstr "Weergavegebied"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:632(para)
|
|
msgid "The largest area in the center of the GRAMPS window is the display area. What it displays depends on the currently selected View. We'll discuss Views in detail below."
|
|
msgstr "Het grootste gebied in het midden van het GRAMPS venster is het weergavegebied. Wat hier getoond wordt hangt af van het huidige gekozen scherm. We zullen dit in detail verder bespreken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:640(title)
|
|
msgid "Views"
|
|
msgstr "Schermen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:642(para)
|
|
msgid "Genealogical information is very broad and can be extremely detailed. Displaying it poses a challenge that GRAMPS takes on by dividing and organizing the information into a series of Views. Each View displays a portion of the total information, selected according to a particular category. This will become clearer as we explore the different Views, listed below:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:651(para)
|
|
msgid "People"
|
|
msgstr "Personen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:653(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of all people in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Toont een lijst met alle personen in het gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:657(para)
|
|
msgid "Relationships"
|
|
msgstr "Relaties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:659(para)
|
|
msgid "Shows the relationships between the selected person and other people. This includes parents, spouses, and children"
|
|
msgstr "Toont de relaties tussen de geselecteerde persoon en andere mensen. Dit omvat ouders, echtgenoten en kinderen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:664(para)
|
|
msgid "Family List"
|
|
msgstr "Lijst van families"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:666(para)
|
|
msgid "Shows the list of all families in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Toont een lijst met alle families in het gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:670(para) C/gramps.xml:1032(title) C/gramps.xml:1044(title)
|
|
msgid "Pedigree View"
|
|
msgstr "Afstammelingenscherm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:672(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays a graphical ancestor tree for the selected person"
|
|
msgstr "Toont een grafische stamboom voor de geselecteerde persoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:677(para) C/gramps.xml:2385(term) C/gramps.xml:3129(term)
|
|
msgid "Events"
|
|
msgstr "Gebeurtenissen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:679(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of all events in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Toont een lijst van alle gebeurtenissen in het gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:683(para) C/gramps.xml:1167(title) C/gramps.xml:1187(title)
|
|
msgid "Sources View"
|
|
msgstr "Bronnenscherm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:685(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of all sources in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Geeft een lijst van alle bronnen in het gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:689(para) C/gramps.xml:1205(title) C/gramps.xml:1229(title)
|
|
msgid "Places View"
|
|
msgstr "Locatiescherm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:691(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of all places in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Toont een lijst van alle locaties in het gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:695(para) C/gramps.xml:1247(title) C/gramps.xml:1262(title)
|
|
msgid "Media View"
|
|
msgstr "Mediascherm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:697(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of all media objects in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Toont een lijst van alle media objecten in het gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:701(para) C/gramps.xml:3379(term)
|
|
msgid "Repositories"
|
|
msgstr "Bibliotheken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:703(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of all repositories in the database."
|
|
msgstr "Toont een lijst van alle bibliotheken in het gegevensbestand."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:707(para)
|
|
msgid "Before we launch into a description of each View, let's first explain how to switch between Views."
|
|
msgstr "Voor we de beschrijving van de verschillende schermen uitleggen, laat ons eerst uitleggen hoe u wisselt tussen de verschillende schermen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:711(title)
|
|
msgid "Switching Views and Viewing Modes"
|
|
msgstr "Schermen wisselen en weergavemodus"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:713(para)
|
|
msgid "As mentioned above there are nine different Views. In addition, there are two different Viewing Modes. You can tell at a glance which Viewing Mode you are in: If you see icons listed vertically in a sidebar at the left of the window, you are in the Sidebar Viewing Mode. If instead you see a series of \"notebook tabs\" (labeled People, Relationships, Family List, Pedigree, Events, Sources, Places, Media and Repositories) that run horizontally across the window, then you are in the Tabbed Viewing Mode. You can switch from one Viewing Mode to another by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sidebar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the Sidebar menu item."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:727(para)
|
|
msgid "If you're in the Sidebar Viewing Mode, you can select the View you want by clicking one of the sidebar icons."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:731(title)
|
|
msgid "Sidebar Viewing Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Weergave zijbalk"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:741(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows sidebar viewing mode."
|
|
msgstr "Toont weergave zijbalkmodus."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:747(para)
|
|
msgid "If you're in the Tabbed Viewing Mode, you can select the View you want by clicking the corresponding notebook tab."
|
|
msgstr "Indien u zich bevindt in de modus met tabbladen, kunt u door te klikken op de overeenkomende tab, het gepaste scherm kiezen. "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:751(title)
|
|
msgid "Tabbed Viewing Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Modus met tabbladen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:761(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows tabbed viewing mode."
|
|
msgstr "Toont modus met tabbladen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:769(title)
|
|
msgid "People View"
|
|
msgstr "Personenscherm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:771(para)
|
|
msgid "When GRAMPS first opens a database, it displays the People View (<xref linkend=\"side-nofilt-fig\"/> and <xref linkend=\"noside-nofilt-fig\"/>). This view lists all the people stored in the database."
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer GRAMPS de eerste keer een gegevensbestand opent, zal het Personen Scherm getoond worden(<xref linkend=\"side-nofilt-fig\"/> en <xref linkend=\"noside-nofilt-fig\"/>). Dit Scherm lijst alle personen opgeslagen in het gegevensbestand."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:776(para)
|
|
msgid "You'll note that people are grouped according to their family names. To the left of each family name is an arrow. Clicking it once will reveal the entire list of people sharing that name. Clicking the arrow again will \"roll up\" the list and show only the family name."
|
|
msgstr "U ziet dat de personen gegroepeerd worden op basis van hun familienamen. Links van elke familie staat een pijltje. Door hier éénmaal op te klikken, wordt de volledige lijst van personen met die naam getoond. Door nogmaals te klikken op de pijl, wordt de lijst \"opgerold\" en wordt enkel de familienaam getoond."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:782(para)
|
|
msgid "By default, the People View, displays the following columns: <guilabel>Names</guilabel>, GRAMPS <guilabel>ID</guilabel> numbers, <guilabel>Gender</guilabel>, and their <guilabel>Birth</guilabel> and <guilabel>Death dates</guilabel>. You can add or remove columns to and from the display by calling up the <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog (<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Column Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>) and checking or unchecking the boxes listed. You can also change the position of a column in People View by clicking and dragging it to a new position in the Editor. Once you have made the changes you want, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to exit the Editor and see your changes in the People View."
|
|
msgstr "Standaard worden volgende kolommen getoond in het personenescherm: <guilabel>Namen</guilabel>, GRAMPS <guilabel>ID</guilabel> nummers, <guilabel>Geslacht</guilabel>, en de <guilabel>Geboorte</guilabel> en <guilabel>Overlijdensdatum</guilabel>. U kunt kolommen op het scherm toevoegen of verwijderen door gebruik te maken van de <guilabel>Kolommen Aanpassen</guilabel> dialoog (<menuchoice><guimenu>Bewerken</guimenu><guimenuitem>Kolommen aanpassen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>) en de vereiste vakjes aan of af te vinken. U kunt ook de relatieve positie van een kolom veranderen in het personenscherm door de kolom aan te klikken en te verslepen. Na alle doorgevoerde veranderingen klikt u op de <guibutton>OK</guibutton> knop om uw aanpassingen te kunnen zien in het personenscherm. "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:798(title) C/gramps.xml:6210(term)
|
|
msgid "Column Editor"
|
|
msgstr "Aanpassen van kolommen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:800(para)
|
|
msgid "The Column Editor is available in all Views and works the same way in each."
|
|
msgstr "Aanpassen van de kolommen kan in alle schermen en werkt overal op dezelfde manier."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:805(title)
|
|
msgid "Column Editor Dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog aanpassen kolommen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:815(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows column editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog aanpassen kolommen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:822(title)
|
|
msgid "Filters"
|
|
msgstr "Filters"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:824(para)
|
|
msgid "Genealogical databases can contain information on many people, families, places, and objects. It's therefore possible for a View to contain a long list of data that's difficult to work with. GRAMPS gives you two different means for controlling this condition by allowing you to filter a list to a more manageable size. These methods are Search and Filtering."
|
|
msgstr "Genealogische gegevensbestanden kunnen informatie bevatten over vele personen, families, locaties en voorwerpen. Het kan dus zijn dat een Scherm een lange lijst van gegevens bevat en het moeilijk is om daarmee te werken. GRAMPS geeft u twee verschillende mogelijkheden om de lijst te filteren naar een meer handelbare grootte. Deze methoden zijn Zoeken en Filteren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:831(para)
|
|
msgid "Search is a simple but fast method of searching the columns displayed on the screen. Typing the characters into the Search box and clicking the Find button will display only lines that match the text."
|
|
msgstr "Zoeken is een eenvoudige maar snelle methode om kolommen die getoond worden op het scherm, te onderzoeken. Indien u de letters in het zoekveld ingeeft en op de zoekknop drukt, zullen enkel die lijnen getoond worden die overeenkomen met de ingegeven tekst."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:836(para)
|
|
msgid "Alternatively, you can enable the Filter sidebar, which will be displayed on the right hand side of the display. When the filter sidebar is displayed, the Search bar is not displayed. The Filter side bar allows you to interactively build a set of filter rules that can be applied to the display. The filter is applied based on the rules and the data, not on the screen display."
|
|
msgstr "U kunt ook de filterzijbalk inschakelen, die dan aan de rechterzijde van het scherm getoond wordt. Wanneer de filterzijbalk getoond wordt, is de zoekbalk niet zichtbaar. Het filter zal werken op de gegevens, niet op het getoonde scherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:844(title)
|
|
msgid "Filter Controls Displayed"
|
|
msgstr "Controle van de filters wordt getoond"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:854(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows filter controls."
|
|
msgstr "Toon controle van de filters."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:860(para)
|
|
msgid "When GRAMPS opens a database, no filtering is in effect. In People View, for example, all people in the database are listed by default."
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer GRAMPS een gegevensbestand opent, zijn geen filters actief. In het Scherm Personen bijv. worden standaard alle personen in het gegevensbestand getoond."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:867(title) C/gramps.xml:879(title)
|
|
msgid "Relationships View"
|
|
msgstr "Relatiescherm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:869(para)
|
|
msgid "The Relationships View displays the all the relationships of the selected person (known as the Active person). Specifically, it shows his or her parents, siblings, spouses, and children."
|
|
msgstr "Het relatiescherm toont alle relaties van de gekozen persoon (de actieve persoon genoemd). De ouders, broers en zussen, echtgenoten en kinderen worden getoond."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:873(para)
|
|
msgid "The Relationships View is designed to allow for quick navigation. You can quickly change the selected person simply by clicking the name of any person listed on the page. Each name is actually a hypertext link, similar to a web page."
|
|
msgstr "Het relatiescherm laat snelle navigatie toe. U kunt snel de gekozen persoon veranderen door eenvoudig te klikken op de naam van een persoon die getoond wordt op het scherm. Elke naam is eigenlijk een hyperlink en werkt zoals op een webpagina."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:889(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Relationships View."
|
|
msgstr "Toont relatiescherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:895(para)
|
|
msgid "The Relationships View displays the following sections:"
|
|
msgstr "Het relatiescherm toont de volgende secties:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:899(term)
|
|
msgid "Active person"
|
|
msgstr "Actieve persoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:902(para)
|
|
msgid "At the top of the screen, name, ID, birth, and death information of the active person is displayed. If a photo of the person is available, it is shown on the right hand side. Next to the person's name is a symbol indicating gender, and an Edit button. Clicking the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button will allow you to edit all of the person's individual information in an Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Bovenaan het scherm worden de naam, ID, geboorte- en overlijdensinformatie van de actieve persoon getoond. Indien een foto beschikbaar is, wordt deze getoond aan de rechterkant. Naast de naam van de persoon wordt een symbool getoond dat het geslacht aangeeft en een knop 'Aanpassen'. Door deze <guibutton>Aanpassen</guibutton> knop aan te klikken, kunt u alle individuele informatie over de persoon aanpassen via een dialoog : 'Aanpassen Persoon'."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:913(term)
|
|
msgid "Parents"
|
|
msgstr "Ouders"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:916(para)
|
|
msgid "The next sections display the person's parents and siblings. Since it is possible to have multiple sets of parents, it is possible to have several Parents sections. You can control how much information is displayed by using the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu. The view menu allows you to show or hide details (the birth and death information) and to show or hide siblings. Next to each person listed is an <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button, which will allow you to edit all the details of that particular person."
|
|
msgstr "De volgende secties tonen de persoon zijn/haar ouders en broers en zussen. Omdat het mogelijk is om verschillende ouderparen te hebben, zijn er dus verschillende oudersecties mogelijk. U kunt de hoeveelheid informatie die getoond wordt, veranderen door het menu <guimenu>Beeld</guimenu>. Het beeldmenu laat u toe om meer of minder details te laten zien (geboorte en doodsinformatie) en het al of niet tonen van broers en zussen. Naast iedere persoon vindt u een knop <guibutton>Bewerken</guibutton>, die toelaat om alle detailinformatie van die persoon te bewerken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:926(para)
|
|
msgid "You may add, edit, or delete family information using the buttons next to the Parents label. You can add a set of parents by either selecting the Add button (the first button) or the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button (the second button). The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button will create a new family with the active person listed as a child. The <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button will allow you to choose from a list of existing families, and then add the person as a child to that family."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:937(para)
|
|
msgid "If you are not careful, it is possible to create multiple families with the same parents. This is rarely what the user wants to do. If you attempt to add a new family that has the same parents as an existing family, GRAMPS will issue a warning dialog. If you get this dialog, you should probably Cancel the edit, and then use the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button to select the existing family."
|
|
msgstr "Het is mogelijk om meerdere families aan te maken met de zelfde ouders indien u niet voorzichtig bent. Dit is niet de normale situatie die de gebruiker wenst. GRAMPS zal dan ook een waarschuwingsdialoog tonen indien u tracht een nieuwe familie aan te maken met dezelfde ouders als een reeds bestaande familie. Wanneer deze dialoog getoond wordt, is het waarschijnlijk beter aanpassingen te verwerpen en door gebruik te maken van de <guibutton>Selecteren</guibutton> knop een bestaande familie te kiezen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:950(term) C/gramps.xml:6112(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Family"
|
|
msgstr "Familie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:953(para)
|
|
msgid "Similar to the Parents section is the Family section, which displays families where the person is a parent. Because it is possible to have mulitple familes, it is possible to have multiple Family sections. Each family section displays the spouse and any children."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:960(para)
|
|
msgid "We use the term <emphasis>spouse</emphasis> for sake of simplicity. However, please note that <emphasis>spouse</emphasis> may in fact be a domestic partner, a partner in a civil union, or various other similar relationships between two people. <emphasis>Spouse</emphasis> relationships are not required to be only between a male and female."
|
|
msgstr "We gebruiken eenvoudigheidshalve de benaming <emphasis>echtgeno(o)t(e)</emphasis>. Denk eraan dat <emphasis>echtgeno(o)t(e)</emphasis> ook een huispartner kan zijn of een partner in een wettelijke verbinding of vele andere gelijkwaardige relaties tussen twee mensen. <emphasis>Echtgeno(o)t(e)</emphasis> relaties zijn zelfs niet beperkt tot relaties tussen een man en een vrouw."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:969(para)
|
|
msgid "You may add, edit, or delete family information using the buttons next to the Family label. You can add a spouse by clicking the Add button (the first button), which will create a new family with the active person listed as a father or mother. Selecting the Edit button will allow you to edit the displayed family. Clicking the Delete button will remove the person from the displayed family."
|
|
msgstr "U kunt familie-informatie toevoegen, bewerken of verwijderen door de knoppen naast het familie-opschrift te gebruiken. U kunt een echtgeno(o)t(e) toevoegen door op de eerste knop toevoegen te klikken. Dit maakt een nieuwe familie aan met de actieve persoon als vader of moeder. Keuze van de knop bewerken, laat toe om de getoonde familie aan te passen. Door op de verwijderknop te klikken zal de persoon verwijderd worden uit de familie. "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:978(para)
|
|
msgid "Removing a person from a family does not delete the family. The person is removed as the father or mother, and any other relationships in the family continue to exist."
|
|
msgstr "Een persoon verwijderen uit een familie, verwijderd niet de familie zelf. De persoon wordt enkel als vader of moeder verwijderd; alle andere familierelaties blijven bestaan."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:984(para)
|
|
msgid "We use the terms <emphasis>father</emphasis> and <emphasis>mother</emphasis> for the sake of simplicity. Even if there are no children in a family, the <emphasis>father</emphasis> and <emphasis>mother</emphasis> terminology is still used. In the case of male/male or female/female relationships, the <emphasis>father</emphasis> and <emphasis>mother</emphasis> labels should be considered to be convenience labels."
|
|
msgstr "We gebruiken eenvoudigheidshalve de benamingen <emphasis>vader</emphasis> en <emphasis>moeder</emphasis>.Zelfs indien er geen kinderen in een familie zijn, wordt deze <emphasis>vader</emphasis> en <emphasis>moeder</emphasis> terminologie gebruikt. In het geval van een man/man of vrouw/vrouw relatie, worden deze <emphasis>vader</emphasis> en <emphasis>moeder</emphasis> benamingen ook uit gewoonte over genomen. "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:999(title) C/gramps.xml:1007(title)
|
|
msgid "Family List View"
|
|
msgstr "Scherm Familie Lijst"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1001(para)
|
|
msgid "The Family List View displays a list of all families in the database. From this view, you may add, edit, or delete families. The default display lists the ID, Father, Mother, and Relationship. Children cannot be displayed on the screen in this view."
|
|
msgstr "Het Scherm Familie Lijst toont een lijst van alle families in het gegevensbestand. Vanuit dit Scherm, kunt u families toevoegen, verwijderen en aanpassen. Het standaard scherm geeft ID, Vader, Moeder en Relatievorm. Kinderen kunnen op dit scherm niet getoond worden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1017(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Family List View."
|
|
msgstr "Familielijstscherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1024(para)
|
|
msgid "Unlike the Relationships View, clicking the Remove button in this view will remove the family from the database. All people will remain, but all relationships between the people in the family will be removed."
|
|
msgstr "In tegenstelling tot het Relatiescherm zal door aanklikken van de Verwijder knop, de familie wel degelijk verwijderd worden uit het gegevensbestand. Alle personen blijven behouden, maar alle relaties tussen personen in de familie worden verwijderd."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1034(para)
|
|
msgid "The Pedigree View displays a family tree of the Active person's ancestors. The Pedigree View shows up to five generations, depending on the size of the window. Each person is indicated by a box labeled with his or her name, birth and death information, and optionally an image if available. Two lines branch from each box. The top one shows the person's father and the bottom one the mother. Solid lines represent birth relations, while dashed lines represent non-birth relations such as adoption, step-parenthood, guardianship, etc."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1054(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Pedigree View."
|
|
msgstr "Toont stamboomscherm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1060(para)
|
|
msgid "To the left of the Active person is a left arrow button. If the Active person has children, clicking this button expands a list of the Active person's children. Selecting one of the children makes that child the active Person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1065(para)
|
|
msgid "The appearance of the children's names in the menu differentiates the <emphasis>dead ends</emphasis> of the tree from the continuing branches. Children who have children themselves appear in the menu in the boldface and italic type, while children without children (<emphasis>dead ends</emphasis>) appear in a regular font. If the Active person has only one child, no menu will be displayed (since there is only one choice) and the child will become the Active person when the arrow button is clicked."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1075(title)
|
|
msgid "Children Menu"
|
|
msgstr "Menu kinderen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1085(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Children Menu in Pedigree View."
|
|
msgstr "Toont kinderen in het stamboomscherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1091(para)
|
|
msgid "The right-hand side of the window shows two right arrow buttons. When the top button is clicked, the Father of the Active person becomes the Active person. Clicking the bottom button makes the Mother of the Active person the Active person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1097(title)
|
|
msgid "Personal Context Menu"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1108(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Context Menu in Pedigree View."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1114(para)
|
|
msgid "Right-clicking on any person's box in the Pedigree View will bring up the \"context menu\". Among other useful items, the context menu has sub-menus listing <guilabel>Spouses</guilabel>, <guilabel>Siblings</guilabel>, <guilabel>Children</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Parents</guilabel> of that person. \"Greyed-out\" sub-menus indicate the absence of the data in the appropriate category. Similarly to the children menu above, Childrens' and Parents' menus distinguish continuing lines from dead ends."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1125(title) C/gramps.xml:1136(title)
|
|
msgid "Events View"
|
|
msgstr "Gebeurtenissenscherm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1127(para)
|
|
msgid "New in version 2.2 is the inclusion of an Events View. Events can be shared between between multiple people and multiple families. The Events View lists the all the events recorded in the database. The default view displays the <guilabel>Description</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, <guilabel>Date</guilabel>, <guilabel>Place</guilabel> and <guilabel>Cause</guilabel> of the event."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1146(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Events View."
|
|
msgstr "Gebeurtenissenscherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1153(para)
|
|
msgid "Because events can be shared, you should take the extra time to give each event a unique and meaningful description. This will help you find the correct event if you decide to share events."
|
|
msgstr "Omdat gebeurtenissen gedeeld kunnen worden, kunt u best de tijd nemen om elke gebeurtenis te voorzien van een unieke en betekenisvolle beschrijving. Dit zal u toelaten om de juiste gebeurtenis terug te vinden als u besluit om gebeurtenissen te delen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1159(para)
|
|
msgid "The list of Events can be sorted in the usual manner, by clicking on the column heading. Clcking once sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order. The <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1169(para)
|
|
msgid "Sources View lists the sources of certain information stored in the database. These can include various documents (birth, death, and marriage certificates, etc.), books, films, journals, private diaries, - nearly anything that can provide genealogical evidence. GRAMPS gives you the option to provide a source for each event you record (births, deaths, marriages, etc.). The Source View lists the <guilabel>Title</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Author</guilabel> of the source, as well as any <guilabel>Publication</guilabel> information that may be associated with it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1180(para)
|
|
msgid "The list of Sources can be sorted in the usual manner, by clicking on a column heading. Clicking once sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order. The <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1197(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Sources View."
|
|
msgstr "Toont Bronnenscherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1207(para)
|
|
msgid "The Places View lists the geographical places in which the events of the database took place. These could be places of birth, death, and marriages of people, as well as their home, employment, education addresses, or any other conceivable reference to the geographical location. The Places View lists the places' <guilabel>Name</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Church Parish</guilabel>, <guilabel>City</guilabel>, <guilabel>County</guilabel>, <guilabel>State</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Country</guilabel>. All of these columns can be used for sorting by the usual sorting rules. The <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog may be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns."
|
|
msgstr "Het Scherm Locaties geeft een lijst van de geografische plaatsen waar de gebeurtenissen in het gegevensbestand plaatsvonden. Dit kunnen zowel geboorteplaatsen, overlijdensplaatsen of plaatsen waar huwelijk voltrokken werd, zijn. Maar ook thuis,werk en opleidings-adressen, of gelijkwelk denkbare referentie naar een geografische locatie. Het Scherm Locaties lijst de <guilabel>Naam</guilabel> van de plaats, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Parochie</guilabel>, <guilabel>Stad</guilabel>, <guilabel>Graafschap</guilabel>, <guilabel>Provincie</guilabel>, en <guilabel>Land</guilabel>. Alle kolommen kunnen gebruikt worden om te sorteren volgens de normaal geldende sorteerregels. De <guilabel>Kolommen Aanpassen</guilabel> dialoog kan gebruikt worden om kolommen aan te passen, te verwijderen of hun volgorde te wijzigen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1220(para)
|
|
msgid "If a place has been highlighted, you may select the <guibutton>Google Maps</guibutton> button to attempt to display the place in a web browser. Your default web browser should open, attempting to use either the longitude and lattitude coordinates or the place name to display the location using the Google Maps web site. This feature is limited, and may not always produce the results you desire."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1239(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Places View."
|
|
msgstr "Toont locatiesscherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1249(para)
|
|
msgid "The Media View is a list of Media Objects used in the database. Media Objects are any files that relate somehow to the stored genealogical data. Technically, any file can be stored as a Media Object. Most frequently, these are images, audio files, animation files, etc. The list box on the bottom lists the <guilabel>Name</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Path</guilabel> of the Media Object. The <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog may be used to rearrange the displayed columns, which obey usual sorting rules. The top part of the GRAMPS window shows a preview (if available) and information about the Media Object."
|
|
msgstr "Het Media Scherm is een lijst van de Media Objecten gebruikt in het gegevensbestand. Alle bestanden die enigzins in verband kunnen gebracht worden met genealogische gegevens komen hiervoor in aanmerking. Technisch gezien kan gelijkwelk bestand opgeslagen worden als een Media Object. Meestal zijn het beelden, geluidsbestanden, animatiebestanden, enz. De lijst getoond in een venster onderaan geeft een overzicht van <guilabel>Naam</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, en <guilabel>Pad</guilabel> van de Media Objecten. De Dialoog <guilabel>Aanpassen Kolommen</guilabel> kan gebruikt worden om de getoonde kolommen ter verplaatsen volgens de normale sorteerregels. Het bovenste deel van het venster toont een beeld (indien voorradig) en informatie van het Media Object."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1272(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Media View."
|
|
msgstr "Media-scherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1280(title) C/gramps.xml:1289(title)
|
|
msgid "Repositories View"
|
|
msgstr "Bibliothekenscherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1282(para)
|
|
msgid "Version 2.2 adds support for Repositories. A repository can be thought of as a collection of sources. Each source in the database can reference a repository (such as a library) in which it belongs. The functionality of the Repositories View is similar to the other views."
|
|
msgstr "Versie 2.2 geeft ondersteuning van Bibliotheken. Een bibliotheek kan beschouwd worden als een verzameling van bronnen. Elke bron kan verwijzen naar een bibliotheek (zoals een boekerij) waar de bon in vervat is. De werking van het Scherm Bibliotheken is gelijkaardig aan de andere Schermen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1299(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Repositories View."
|
|
msgstr "Bibliothekenscherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1309(title)
|
|
msgid "Usage"
|
|
msgstr "Gebruik"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1311(para)
|
|
msgid "Now we turn to a detailed exploration of the day-to-day use of GRAMPS. First, we should point out that GRAMPS often offers more than one way to do the same task. We'll try to point out some of these alternatives where appropriate."
|
|
msgstr "Nu gaan we naar een meer uitgebreide exploratie van het dagelijks GRAMPS gebruik. Allereerst wijzen we erop dat GRAMPS vaak verschillende mogelijkheden biedt om eenzelfde taak te doen. Waar van toepassing, zullen we de verschillende alternatieven toelichten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1317(title)
|
|
msgid "Starting a New Database"
|
|
msgstr "Een nieuw gegevensbestand starten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1319(para)
|
|
msgid "To start a new database, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or select the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button from the toolbar. You will then be asked to give the new database a name."
|
|
msgstr "Om een nieuw gegevensbestand te starten, kies <menuchoice><guimenu>Bestand</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nieuw</guimenuitem></menuchoice> of selecteer de <guibutton>Nieuw</guibutton> knop van de gereedschapsbalk. U wordt dan gevraagd om een naam op te geven voor het nieuwe gegevensbestand."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1327(title)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS databases"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS-gegevensbestanden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1329(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS stores your data in a Berkeley database, sometimes known as BSDDB. These files have \".grdb\" as their default extension. The extension is automatically added to your filename."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS slaat uw gegevens op in een gegevensbestand van het Berkeley type, soms aangeduid als BSDDB. Deze bestanden hebben \".grdb\" als standaard extensie. Deze extensie wordt automatisch toegevoegd aan uw bestandsnaam."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1336(title)
|
|
msgid "Opening a Database"
|
|
msgstr "Een gegevensbestand openen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1338(para)
|
|
msgid "To open a database, either choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or click the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button on the Toolbar. The <guilabel>Open database</guilabel> dialog will appear and you'll see a list of files. If you don't see the file you're looking for, make sure the All files filter is selected. (This dialog has a \"filetype\" filter, meaning it may only be showing files that have a certain extension.)"
|
|
msgstr "De dialoog <guilabel>Gegevensbestand openenen</guilabel> wordt getoond en u krijgt een lijst van bestanden te zien. Indien u de bestanden waarnaar u zoekt niet vindt, kijk dan dat de 'Alle bestanden' filter geselecteerd is. (Deze dialoog heeft een \"bestandstype\" filter, wat tot gevolg kan hebben dat enkel bestanden met een bepaalde extensie getoond worden.)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1349(para)
|
|
msgid "To open a recently accessed database, choose either <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Recent</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or the down arrow next to the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button and select the filename from the list."
|
|
msgstr "Om een recent geopend bestand te heropenen, kan u ofwel <menuchoice><guimenu>Bestand</guimenu><guimenuitem>Recent geopend</guimenuitem></menuchoice> kiezen of de pijl naar beneden, gebruiken naast de knop <guibutton>Openen</guibutton> en dan selecteren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1357(para)
|
|
msgid "If you do not have \"write permissions\" for the selected database, it will be opened in a Read Only mode. In this mode, the data may be viewed, but no changes will be made to the database. To indicate this mode, the title of the main window will be appended with <guilabel>(Read Only)</guilabel> text."
|
|
msgstr "Indien u geen \"schrijfrechten\" hebt voor het geselecteerd bestand, wordt dit bestand geopend in de modus 'Enkel Lezen'. In deze modus kunnen gegevens bekeken worden, maar zullen er geen veranderingen aan het bestand mogelijk zijn. Ter indicatie zal aan de titel van het hoofdscherm de tekst <guilabel>(Enkel Lezen)</guilabel> toegevoegd worden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1363(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS allows you to open certain databases that have not been saved in GRAMPS' own file format. These include XML and GEDCOM databases. But you should be aware that if the XML or GEDCOM database is relatively large, you may encounter some performance problems. These can be avoided by creating a new GRAMPS database and importing your XML/GEDCOM data into it."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS voorziet in de mogelijkheid om bepaalde gegevensbestanden die niet in het eigen GRAMPS formaat zijn opgeslagen, te openen. Dit geldt voor GEDCOM en XML gegevensbestanden. Hou er echter rekening mee dat indien deze bestanden relatief groot zijn, u uitvoeringsproblemen kan tegenkomen. Deze kunnen echter voorkomen worden door een nieuw GRAMPS gegevensbestand aan te maken en de XML/GEDCOM gegevens hierin te importeren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1371(title)
|
|
msgid "Opening XML and GEDCOM databases"
|
|
msgstr "Openen van XML en GEDCOM-gegevensbestanden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1373(para)
|
|
msgid "XML and GEDCOM databases require all data to be held in memory. GRAMPS' native grdb format does not. Thus, a database with a grdb format can access data quicker and more efficiently."
|
|
msgstr "XML en GEDCOM-gegevensbestanden vereisen dat alle gegevens in het geheugen geladen worden. Voor GRAMPS eigen grdb formaat is dit niet noodzakelijk. Daarom kan een grdb gegevensbestand sneller en efficiënter gegevens beschikbaar stellen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1379(title)
|
|
msgid "GEDCOM Editing"
|
|
msgstr "Aanpassen GEDCOM"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1381(para)
|
|
msgid "Please keep in mind that some information in a GEDCOM file may be lost during import into GRAMPS. Simply opening and viewing the file will not change it. However, if any changes were made and they were not abandoned upon exit, exiting GRAMPS will save the data, with possible data loss."
|
|
msgstr "Denk eraan dat sommige informatie in een GEDCOM-bestand verloren kan gaan bij het importeren in GRAMPS. Het bestand wordt niet veranderd wanneer u enkel het bestand opent en bekijkt. Wanneer u echter aanpassingen maakte en deze niet verworpen hebt bij het sluiten van het bestand, zal bij het afsluiten van GRAMPS, de gegevens worden opgeslagen met mogelijk verlies van informatie tot gevolg."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1390(title)
|
|
msgid "Saving Changes to Your Database"
|
|
msgstr "Opslaan van veranderingen aan uw gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1392(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS saves your changes as soon as you apply them. This means, for example, that any time you click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> when using GRAMPS, your changes are immediately recorded and saved. There is no separate \"save\" command (although there is a \"save as\" command that we'll discuss later.)"
|
|
msgstr "Zodra u gegevens aanpast, worden veranderingen opgeslagen. Dus telkens wanneer u op de <guibutton>OK</guibutton> knop klikt, worden uw gegevens opgeslagen. Er is geen aparte \"opslaan\" opdracht (er is echter wel een \"opslaan als\" opdracht, maar die zal later besproken worden.)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1398(para)
|
|
msgid "You can undo changes you've made by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. If you select this command repeatedly, your most recent changes will be undone one at a time. To roll back multple commands at a time, you can using the <guilabel>Undo History</guilabel> dialog available from the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1407(para)
|
|
msgid "If you want to return your database to the way it was when you opened it, select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Abandon changes and quit</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. (This is just like quitting without saving in other programs.)"
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer u terug wilt keren naar de oorspronkelijk toestand voor veranderingen van het gegevensbestand, gebruikt u <menuchoice><guimenu>Bestand</guimenu><guimenuitem>Veranderingen verwerpen en verlaten</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. (Dit is eigenlijk zoals programma verlaten zonder op te slaan zoals in vele andere programma's.)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1415(para)
|
|
msgid "If you would like to save your database under a different name, you can do so by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save as...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and specifying the name (and, optionally, the format) of your new database. Note that \"Save as\" will allow you to continue editing the newly saved database. If this is not what you want to do, you may wish to use the \"Export\" command instead."
|
|
msgstr "U kunt steeds uw gegevensbestand opslaan onder een andere naam door <menuchoice><guimenu>Bestand</guimenu><guimenuitem>Opslaan als...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> te kiezen via het menu en door de naam ( en eventueel bijkomend het formaat ) van het nieuwe gegevensbestand op te geven. Let op , bij deze keuze \"Opslaan als...\" werkt u verder met het nieuwe gegevensbestand. Indien u dit niet wenst is misschien de optie \"Exporten\" beter geschikt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1427(title)
|
|
msgid "Importing Data"
|
|
msgstr "Importeren van gegevens"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1429(para)
|
|
msgid "Importing allows you to bring data from other genealogy programs into a GRAMPS database. Currently, GRAMPS can import data from the following formats:"
|
|
msgstr "Importeren laat u toe om gegevens van andere genealogische programma's in een GRAMPS gegevensbestand te laden. Momenteel kunnen in GRAMPS volgende formaten geladen worden:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1435(para)
|
|
msgid "Another GRAMPS database (having the \"grdb\" file extension),"
|
|
msgstr "Een ander GRAMPS gegevensbestand (met een \"grdb\" extensie),"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1440(para)
|
|
msgid "GEDCOM"
|
|
msgstr "GEDCOM"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1444(para) C/gramps.xml:1499(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS XML"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS XML"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1448(para) C/gramps.xml:1520(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS package"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS-pakket"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1452(para) C/gramps.xml:1794(term)
|
|
msgid "GeneWeb"
|
|
msgstr "GeneWeb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1457(title)
|
|
msgid "Importing vs. opening"
|
|
msgstr "Importeren t.o.v. openen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1459(para)
|
|
msgid "Please recognize that importing a database is different from opening a database. When you import, you are actually bringing data from one database into a GRAMPS database. When you open a file, you are editing your original file."
|
|
msgstr "Importeren van een gegevensbestand is iets totaal anders dan een gegevensbestand openen. Bij importeren worden daadwerkelijk informatie van één gegevensbestand naar een GRAMPS-gegevensbestand overgebracht. Bij het openen van een bestand, worden aanpassingen rechtstreeks op dit bestand uitgevoerd."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1465(para)
|
|
msgid "To import data, select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Import</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Import database</guilabel> dialog will open, asking you to specify the file you wish to import."
|
|
msgstr "Om gegevens te importeren kiest u <menuchoice><guimenu>Bestand</guimenu><guisubmenu>Importen</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. De dialoog <guilabel>Importeer gegevensbestand</guilabel> zal verschijnen en zal u vragen een naam van een bestand op te geven."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1473(title)
|
|
msgid "Data loss with some formats"
|
|
msgstr "Gegevensverlies bij sommige formaten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1475(para)
|
|
msgid "It is important to note that the importing process is not perfect for GEDCOM and GeneWeb databases. There is a chance that some of the data in these databases will not be imported into GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Belangrijk! Het importeerproces vanuit GEDCOM en GenWeb gegevensbestanden is niet perfect. Er bestaat een kans dat sommige informatie niet volledig wordt overgezet naar GRAMPS."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1481(para)
|
|
msgid "The GRAMPS database (grdb), GRAMPS XML, and GRAMPS package are all native GRAMPS formats. There is no risk of information loss when import or exporting to these formats."
|
|
msgstr "Het GRAMPS gegevensbestand (grdb), GRAMPS XML en GRAMPS pakketbestand zijn alle eigen GRAMPS formaten. Er is geen kans op gegevensverlies wanneer geïmporteerd of geëxporteerd wordt naar deze formaten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1487(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS database (grdb)"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS-gegevensbestand (grdb)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1490(para)
|
|
msgid "The native GRAMPS database format is a specific form of Berkeley database (BSDDB) with a special structure of data tables. This format is binary and architecture-dependent. It is very quick and efficient, but not generally portable across computers with different binary architecture (e.g. i386 vs alpha)."
|
|
msgstr "Het basisformaat van het GRAMPS-gegevensbestand is een specifieke vorm van een Berkeley Database (BSDDB met een speciale structuur van de gegevenstabellen. Dit formaat is binair en is architectuurafhankelijk. Het is zeer snel en efficiënt, maar niet algemeen verplaatsbaar naar andere computers met een andere binaire architectuur (bijv. i386 t.o.v. alpha)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1502(para)
|
|
msgid "The GRAMPS XML file was the default format for older versions of GRAMPS. Unlike the grdb format, it is architecture independent and human-readable. The database may also have references to non-local (external) media objects, therefore it is not guaranteed to be completely portable. The GRAMPS XML database is created by saving ( <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ) or exporting ( <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Export...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ) data in that format"
|
|
msgstr "Het GRAMPS XML bestand was de standaard voor de oudere versies van GRAMPS. Dit formaat is architectuur-onafhankelijk en kan door mensen gelezen worden, dit in tegenstelling tot het grdb-formaat. Het gegevensbestand kan ook verwijzingen bevatten naar niet-locale (externe) media voorwerpen, en daarom is het niet zeker dat het bestand volledig overzetbaar is."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1523(para)
|
|
msgid "The GRAMPS package is a compressed archive containing the GRAMPS XML file and all media objects (images, sound files, etc.) to which the database refers. Because it contains all the media objects, this format is completely portable. The GRAMPS package is created by exporting ( <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Export...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ) data in that format."
|
|
msgstr "Het GRAMPS-pakket is een gecomprimeerd archief dat het GRAMPS XML bestand bevat samen met alle media objecten (beelden, geluidsbestanden, enz.) waarnaar het gegevensbestand verwijst. Omdat het dus ook alle media objecten bevat, is het volledig overzetbaar. Het pakket wordt aangemaakt door exporteren van gegevens onder dit formaat ( <menuchoice><guimenu>Bestand</guimenu><guimenuitem>Exporten...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> )."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1536(para)
|
|
msgid "If you import information from another GRAMPS database or GRAMPS XML database, you will see the progress of the operation in the progress bar of GRAMPS' main window."
|
|
msgstr "Indien u gegevens importeert van een ander GRAMPS-bestand of een GRAMPS XML bestand kunt u de voortgang controleren in de voortgangsbalk in het GRAMPS-hoofdvenster."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1542(title)
|
|
msgid "Exporting Data"
|
|
msgstr "Gegevens exporteren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1544(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting allows you to share any portion of your GRAMPS database with other researchers as well as to enable you to transfer your data to another computer. Currently, GRAMPS can export data to the following formats: GRAMPS database (grdb), GRAMPS XML, GEDCOM, GRAMPS package, Web Family Tree, and GeneWeb."
|
|
msgstr "Exporteren laat u toe om gelijk welk deel van uw GRAMPS-gegevensbestand te delen met andere onderzoekers of om uw gegevens beschikbaar te maken op een andere computer. Momenteel kunt u vanuit GRAMPS gegevens exporteren naar de volgende formaten: GRAMPS-gegevensbestand (grdb), GRAMPS XML, GEDCOM, GRAMPS pakket, Web Family Tree (WFT) en GeneWeb."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1551(title)
|
|
msgid "Export is saving a copy"
|
|
msgstr "Exporteren betekent een kopie bewaren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1553(para)
|
|
msgid "When you export, you are saving a copy of the currently opened database. Exporting creates another file with a copy of your data. Note that the database that remains opened in your GRAMPS window is NOT the file saved by your export. Additional editing of the currently opened database will not alter the copy produced by the export."
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer u exporteert, slaat u een kopie op van het gegevensbestand dat momenteel geopend is. Exporteren maakt een ander bestand aan dat een kopie is van het andere bestand. Let op : het gegevensbestand dat open blijft staan is NIET het geëxporteerde bestand. Bijkomende aanpassingen van het bestand dat geopend is zal de geëxporteerde kopie niet wijzigen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1560(para)
|
|
msgid "To export data, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Export</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will bring up the <guilabel>Export</guilabel> assistant. Its pages will guide you through the format selection (see <xref linkend=\"export-druid-fig\"/>), file selection, and format specific export options (see <xref linkend=\"gedcom-export-fig\"/>). After a final confirmation page, the export will be performed according to the choices you have made. At any time, you can click the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> and revise any selection, and then go forward to redo the export."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Om gegevens te exporteren, kiest u <menuchoice><guimenu>Bestand</guimenu><guimenuitem>Exporten</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Dit zal de <guilabel>Export</guilabel>assistent tonen."
|
|
"De volgende schermen zullen u door de formaatselectie (zie <xref linkend=\"export-druid-fig\"/>), bestandsselectie en specifieke exportopties (zie <xref linkend=\"gedcom-export-fig\"/>) loodsen. "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1574(title)
|
|
msgid "Export assistant: format selection"
|
|
msgstr "Export assistent: keuze van het formaat"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1584(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows format selection page of an Export assistant"
|
|
msgstr "Toont pagina voor de formaatselectie van een exportassistent"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1592(title)
|
|
msgid "Exporting into the GEDCOM format"
|
|
msgstr "Exporteren naar het GEDCOM-formaat"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1594(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS allows you to export a database into the common GEDCOM format. It provides options that allow you to fine tune your export (see <xref linkend=\"gedcom-export-fig\"/>)."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS laat u toe om het gegevensbestand te exporteren naar een gewoon GEDCOM-formaat. Het geeft u opties om uw export te optimaliseren. (zie <xref linkend=\"gedcom-export-fig\"/>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1600(term)
|
|
msgid "Encoding"
|
|
msgstr "Coderen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1603(para)
|
|
msgid "Since different languages use different characters, it is important to tell a GEDCOM file what character set is used. The two formats traditionally accepted are ASCII and ANSEL. Since all ASCII characters are valid ANSEL characters, GRAMPS does not provide an option for ASCII."
|
|
msgstr "Omdat verschillende talen verschillende karakters gebruiken, is het belangrijk om aan een GEDCOM-bestand mee te geven welke karakterset wordt gebruikt. De twee formaten die normaal geaccepteerd worden zijn ASCII en ANSEL. Omdat alle ASCII karakters geldige ANSEL karakters zijn, heeft GRAMPS geen optie voor het kiezen van ASCII."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1609(para)
|
|
msgid "Because ANSEL is not commonly used, some genealogy programs will accept ANSI (more commonly know as ISO-8859-1) and Unicode character sets. Only select ANSI or Unicode if you know any program that attempts to read the GEDCOM file will understand these character sets."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1618(term)
|
|
msgid "Filter"
|
|
msgstr "Filter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1621(para)
|
|
msgid "The filter allows you to export a limited amount of data, based on the criteria you select."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1627(term)
|
|
msgid "Target"
|
|
msgstr "Doel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1630(para)
|
|
msgid "While GEDCOM is a standard, not every program implements it in the same way. This can lead to data loss. GRAMPS can reduce the data loss in some cases. You can tell GRAMPS what program is the target, and GRAMPS will customize the exported file for that program. If your program is not listed, choose the \"GEDCOM 5.5 Standard\"."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1640(term)
|
|
msgid "Copyright"
|
|
msgstr "Copyright"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1643(para)
|
|
msgid "Allows you to select a statement to describe your Copyright claim."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1649(term)
|
|
msgid "No not include records marked private"
|
|
msgstr "Neen, geen als privaat gemarkeerde gegevens meenemen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1652(para)
|
|
msgid "Check this box to prevent private records from being included in the exported file."
|
|
msgstr "Klik deze vierkantje aan om te voorkomen dat private gegevens in het geëxporteerde bestand worden meegenomen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1658(term)
|
|
msgid "Restrict data on living people"
|
|
msgstr "Beperk gegevens over nog in leven zijnde personen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1661(para)
|
|
msgid "Check this box to limit the information exported for living people. This means that all information concerning their birth, death, addresses, significant events, etc., will be omitted in the exported GEDCOM file. If you choose this option, you will be given additional options to limit further the data on living people. For example, you can choose to substitute the word \"Living\" for the first name; you can exclude notes; and you can exclude sources for living people."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1670(para)
|
|
msgid "Sometimes, it is not always obvious from the data if someone is actually alive. GRAMPS uses an advanced algorithm to try to determine if a person could still be alive. Remember, GRAMPS is making its best guess, and it may not always be able to guess correctly all the time. Please double check your data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1680(term)
|
|
msgid "Reference images from path"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1683(para)
|
|
msgid "Check this box to tell GRAMPS to use the specific path for your images when writing image references in GEDCOM."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1686(para)
|
|
msgid "This option allows specify where your image files are located. This is useful when you are transfering your GEDCOM file from one computer to another. It tells the program that is importing the data where your images are."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1695(title)
|
|
msgid "Export assistant: GEDCOM options"
|
|
msgstr "Exporteer hulp: GEDCOM opties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1705(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows GEDCOM options page of an Export druid"
|
|
msgstr "Toon de GEDCOM-opties pagina van de Exporteer-assistent"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1713(title)
|
|
msgid "Export into GRAMPS formats"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1717(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS database (grdb) export"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1720(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting to the GRAMPS native format will simply make a copy of your data under another name. Exporting to this format can also be useful if you have directly opened an XML or GEDCOM file and would like to save it as the grdb file."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1728(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS XML database export"
|
|
msgstr "Exporteren van GRAMPS XML gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1731(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting into GRAMPS XML format will produce a database compatible with the previous versions of GRAMPS. As XML is a text-based human-readable format, you may also use it to take a look at your data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1739(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS package export"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS-pakket export"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1742(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting to the GRAMPS package format will create a compressed file that contains the database and copies of all associated media files. This is useful if you want to move your database to another computer or to share it with someone."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1750(term)
|
|
msgid "Export to CD"
|
|
msgstr "Exporteren naar CD"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1753(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting to CD will prepare your database and copies of all media object files for recording onto a CD. To actually burn the CD, you will need to go to the GNOME <guilabel>burn:///</guilabel> location, which can be accessed by navigating through Nautilus: After exporting to CD, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guisubmenu>CD Creator</guisubmenu></menuchoice> in the Nautilus menu. Your database directory will show up. To burn it to the CD, click the CD icon on the Nautilus toolbar, or select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Write to CD</guisubmenu></menuchoice> in the Nautilus menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1773(para)
|
|
msgid "If a media file is not found during export, you will see the same <guilabel>Missing Media</guilabel> dialog you encounter with GEDCOM export."
|
|
msgstr "Indien een media bestand niet gevonden wordt tijdens het exporteren, zal u dezelfde <guilabel>Ontbrekende Media</guilabel> dialoog te zien krijgen die ook voor GEDCOM exporteren gebruikt wordt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1779(title)
|
|
msgid "Export into other formats"
|
|
msgstr "Exporteren naar andere formaten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1783(term)
|
|
msgid "Web Family Tree"
|
|
msgstr "Web Family Tree"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1786(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting to Web Family Tree will create a text file that can be used by the Web Family Tree program. Export options include filter selection and the ability to limit data on living people to that of their family ties."
|
|
msgstr "Exporteren naar WFT ( Web Family Tree ) zal een tekstbestand aanmaken dat kan gebruikt worden door het WFT programma. De exporteer opties bevatten filter selecties en de mogelijkheid om de hoeveelheid gegevens te beperken tot de familiebanden, voor nog levende mensen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1797(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting to GeneWeb will save a copy of your data into a popular web genealogy format. To find out more about GeneWeb and its format, visit <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://cristal.inria.fr/~ddr/GeneWeb/en/\">http://cristal.inria.fr/~ddr/GeneWeb/en/</ulink>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1805(term)
|
|
msgid "vCalendar and vCard"
|
|
msgstr "vCalendar en vCard"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1808(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting to vCalendar or vCard will save information in a format used in many calendaring and addressbook applications, sometimes called PIM for Personal Information Manager."
|
|
msgstr "Exporteren naar vCalendar of vCard zal de gegevens in een formaat bewaren dat door vele kalender- en adresboek programma's wordt gebruikt. Dit wordt soms PIM (Personal Information Manager) genoemd."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1818(title)
|
|
msgid "Entering and Editing Data: Quick Start Overview"
|
|
msgstr "Ingave en aanpassen van gegevens: snelstart overzicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1820(para)
|
|
msgid "This section is designed to give you the basic knowledge necessary to start putting your genealogical information into GRAMPS. It will explain how to enter people into the database and how to specify their family relationships. (A more detailed explanation will follow in the section entitled <xref linkend=\"gramps-edit-complete\"/>.)"
|
|
msgstr "Dit deel wil u de basiskennis geven die nodig is om uw genealogische informatie in GRAMPS te beginnen in te geven. Het zal uitleggen hoe u personen in het gegevensbestand moet laden en hoe hun familierelaties kunnen gespecificeerd worden. (Een meer uitgebreide uitleg zal volgen in het deel <xref linkend=\"gramps-edit-complete\"/>.)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1826(para)
|
|
msgid "First, let's identify the types of information you can enter into your GRAMPS database. These include:"
|
|
msgstr "Laat ons eerst bekijken welke informatie u kan ingeven in uw GRAMPS gegevensbestand. Deze informatie omvat:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1831(para)
|
|
msgid "Personal information about an individual (names, addresses, birth and death dates, etc.)"
|
|
msgstr "Persoonlijke informatie van een persoon (namen, adressen, geboorte en overlijdensdata, enz.)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1836(para)
|
|
msgid "Information about an individual's relationships (marriages, divorces, civil unions, etc.)"
|
|
msgstr "Informatie over de relaties van een persoon (huwelijken, scheidingen, wettelijke verbintenissen, enz. )"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1841(para)
|
|
msgid "Information about an individual's parents and children"
|
|
msgstr "Informatie over de kinderen en de ouders van een persoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1845(para)
|
|
msgid "Sources that document your research"
|
|
msgstr "Bronnen die uw onderzoek documenteren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1850(title)
|
|
msgid "Keybindings"
|
|
msgstr "Sneltoetsen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1852(para)
|
|
msgid "In addition to interacting with GRAMPS through menu items and buttons, you can use its extensive set of \"keybindings.\" For more information, see <xref linkend=\"append-keybind\"/>."
|
|
msgstr "Om met GRAMPS te werken kan u menu items en knoppen gebruiken, maar ook kunt u gebruik maken van een uitgebreide set van \"sneltoetsen.\" Voor meer informatie zie <xref linkend=\"append-keybind\"/>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1857(para)
|
|
msgid "Now let's take a quick look at how you can enter and edit these various types of information."
|
|
msgstr "Laat ons nu eens kijken hoe u deze verschillende types van gegevens kan invoeren en aanpassen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1861(title)
|
|
msgid "To Add or Edit a Person"
|
|
msgstr "Een persoon toevoegen of aanpassen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1863(para)
|
|
msgid "There are multiple ways to add a person to the database. We will cover some of them as we proceed. The simplest way to enter a person to add them from the People View. While you are in the People View (<xref linkend=\"side-nofilt-fig\"/>), click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> on the toolbar. Enter any data you know about this person into the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend=\"edit-pers-fig\"/> for details)."
|
|
msgstr "Er zijn meerdere manieren om een persoon toe te voegen aan het gegevensbestand. We zullen er enkele bespreken als we verder gaan. De eenvoudigste manier om een persoon toe te voegen is vanuit het Scherm Personen. Wanneer u in het Scherm Personen bent <xref linkend=\"side-nofilt-fig\"/>), klik dan <guibutton>Toevoegen</guibutton> op de gereedschapsbalk. Voer dan alle gegevens die u kent over deze persoon in de <guilabel>Person aanpassen</guilabel> dialoog (zie <xref linkend=\"edit-pers-fig\"/> voor details)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1871(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit information about a person already present in the database, select the person from the People View and click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button on the toolbar."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1876(title)
|
|
msgid "Alternate ways of adding or editing a person from the People View"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1879(para)
|
|
msgid "You can also use <guilabel>Add...</guilabel> and <guilabel>Edit...</guilabel> menu items available under <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>. Or you can right-click on the person and select <guilabel>Add...</guilabel> or <guilabel>Edit...</guilabel> from the context menu that pops up."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1886(para)
|
|
msgid "People can also be added to the database in the Relationships View, Edit Family dialog, and other places where it makes sense."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1892(title)
|
|
msgid "To Specify a Relationship"
|
|
msgstr "Een relatie specificeren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1894(para)
|
|
msgid "There are two primary ways to specify relationships between people - using the Relationships View and using the Edit Family dialog from the Family List View. The Family List is usually used to build all the relationships within a single family at a time. The Relationships View is usually used to build multiple relationships to a single person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1901(para)
|
|
msgid "To specify a new relationship to the selected person, switch to the Relationships View (<xref linkend=\"family-fig\"/>) and you'll see this individual indicated as the \"Active person\". Next to the <guilabel>Family</guilabel> label is a <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button (typically represented by a <guibutton>+</guibutton> sign). Clicking the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button will display the Edit Family dialog with the selected person set as either the father or the mother."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1911(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing a family"
|
|
msgstr "Een familie aanpassen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1921(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Editing a family."
|
|
msgstr "Een familie aanpassen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1927(para)
|
|
msgid "Now a question: Does the person who will form the relationship with the Active person already exist in the database? If yes, click the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button to the other person. You'll then be able to browse through the list of people in the database to select the one you want. If not, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. This will allow you to add a new person to the database and to specify the relationship this person has to the Active person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1936(title)
|
|
msgid "Selecting a person"
|
|
msgstr "Een persoon selecteren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1945(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Selecting a person."
|
|
msgstr "Een persoon selecteren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1952(title)
|
|
msgid "Filtering"
|
|
msgstr "Filteren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1954(para)
|
|
msgid "By default, GRAMPS filters the displayed list to show only those people who could theoretically have a relationship with the Active Person. That is, GRAMPS only shows those people whose birth dates and death dates fit within the lifetime of the Active Person. If you wish, you can add a person to the list by clicking the <guibutton>+</guibutton> button. To completely override the filter and display all people from the database, check the <guilabel>Show all</guilabel> box."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1964(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit an existing relationship from the Relationships View, click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button next to corresponding Family entry. If there is more than one relationship in the list, you can select the spouse or partner you want by clicking the corresponding <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button next to the relationship."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1971(para)
|
|
msgid "To specify a new relationship in the Family List View, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button on the toolbar, and an empty Edit Family dialog will open. At this point, you can add people to the family."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1978(title)
|
|
msgid "To Specify Parents"
|
|
msgstr "Ouders specificeren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1980(para)
|
|
msgid "You can specify Active person's parents in the Relationship View(<xref linkend=\"family-fig\"/>). A little care is required to prevent the creation of duplicate families. If you wish to add the active person to an already existing family, you should click the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button. If the family including the parents does not already exist, you should click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1988(para)
|
|
msgid "If you click on the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button, you are presented with the Select Family dialog. This will allow you to select the existing family, and then the Active person will be added as a child to the family."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1994(title)
|
|
msgid "Selecting a family"
|
|
msgstr "Een familie selecteren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2004(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Selecting a family."
|
|
msgstr "Een familie selecteren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2010(para)
|
|
msgid "If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, a new Edit Family dialog is presented with the Active person listed a child of the new family. You can add the parents to the family by either adding new people as the parents or selecting existing people as the parents."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2017(para)
|
|
msgid "If you create a new family and select parents that are already in an existing family, GRAMPS will issue a warning message. If you proceed by saving the new famiy, you will have a duplicate family."
|
|
msgstr "Indien u een nieuwe familie aanmaakt en hiervoor ouders kiest die al in een bestaande familie zijn, zal GRAMPS een waarschuwingsbericht laten zien. Indien u toch verder gaat en de familie opslaat, zal een dubbele familie worden aangemaakt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2023(title)
|
|
msgid "Duplicate family warning"
|
|
msgstr "Waarschuwing dubbele familie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2033(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Duplicate family warning."
|
|
msgstr "Waarschuwing dubbele familie."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2040(para)
|
|
msgid "You can also specify the parents of a person in the Family List View. If the family already exists, click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button on the tool bar and add the person as a child when the Edit Family dialog is displayed. If the family does not already exist, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button to create a new family, and add the appropriate parents and children."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2050(title)
|
|
msgid "To Specify Children"
|
|
msgstr "Kinderen specificeren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2052(para)
|
|
msgid "Adding children to a relationship is done through a similar proceedure. From the Relationships View or the Family List View, select the existing family or create a new family. Children can be added by selecting the Add button or Select button to the right of the child list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2058(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button will display the Edit Person dialog, allowing you to enter a new person. Clicking on the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button, will allow you to select an existing person from a list. By default, the child is added with a the relationship type of birth to both parents."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2064(para)
|
|
msgid "If you wish to change the parent/child relationship from the default setting of birth, select the child and click on the Edit button. This will display the Edit Child Reference dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2069(title)
|
|
msgid "Child Reference Editor"
|
|
msgstr "Kind referentie Aanpasser"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2079(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Child Reference Editor."
|
|
msgstr "Kind referentie Aanpasser."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2087(title)
|
|
msgid "Adding Photos and Other Media Objects"
|
|
msgstr "Foto's en andere media objecten toevoegen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2089(para)
|
|
msgid "You can add photos and other media objects to individual people, events, sources, and places. You can also add images that might not be limited to a single person or event (for example, group family photos)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2094(para)
|
|
msgid "If you want to add an image to a single person, switch to the People View (<xref linkend=\"side-nofilt-fig\"/>), select a person, and then click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> icon on the toolbar. This will bring up the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog (<xref linkend=\"edit-pers-fig\"/>). Next, select the <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab, and click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> button to call up the <guilabel>Select a media object</guilabel> dialog. Type a filename or browse to find the image file you want and then provide a title for that image. Keep adding images until you are done."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2105(para)
|
|
msgid "To add images related to a relationship (for example, a marriage), switch to the Family View (<xref linkend=\"family-fig\"/>) and double-click on the Spouse box. This calls up the <guilabel>Marriage/Relationship editor</guilabel> dialog. Select the <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab and click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> button to add an image."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2112(para)
|
|
msgid "To add images related to a source or a place, first switch to the Source View (<xref linkend=\"sources-fig\"/>) or Place View (<xref linkend=\"places-fig\"/>). Select the source or place you want and then either double-click on it or click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> icon on the toolbar. Select the <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab and click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> button to add an image."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2119(para)
|
|
msgid "Finally, to add images that you want to include in the database, but hare are not limited to any particular person, relationship, source or place, switch to the Media View (<xref linkend=\"media-fig\"/>). Then click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> icon on the toolbar to add an image. If you have already added any images to any individual galleries, you will also find them listed in the Media View."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2128(title)
|
|
msgid "Alternate way of adding images to galleries"
|
|
msgstr "Andere manieren om beelden aan galerijen toe te voegen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2130(para)
|
|
msgid "An image can always be added to any gallery by using drag-and-drop. Items can be dragged from the Media View, any gallery, the desktop, the file manager or a web browser and dropped on the target gallery, adding the image to the gallery."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2136(para)
|
|
msgid "In any gallery, you can also use the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to edit image information and the <guibutton>-</guibutton> button and to remove the image reference from that gallery."
|
|
msgstr "In gelijk welke galerij kunt u de knop <guibutton>Bewerken</guibutton> gebruiken om beeldinformatie aan te passen en de knop <guibutton>-</guibutton> om de beeldreferentie uit de galerij te verwijderen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2141(title)
|
|
msgid "Removing an image from a gallery"
|
|
msgstr "Een beeld uit de galerij verwijderen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2143(para)
|
|
msgid "Removing a media object from a gallery does not remove the image from the database. To completely remove the image from the database, delete it from Media View by first selecting it and then clicking the <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> icon on the toolbar."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2152(title)
|
|
msgid "To Edit Sources and Places"
|
|
msgstr "Aanpassen van bronnen en locaties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2154(para)
|
|
msgid "To add a source or a place to the database, switch to the appropriate Source View (<xref linkend=\"sources-fig\"/>) or Place View (<xref linkend=\"places-fig\"/>). Then click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> icon on the toolbar to add a source/place. Enter the information into the <guilabel>Source Editor</guilabel> (or <guilabel>Place Editor</guilabel>) dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2161(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit information about sources and places already present in the database, switch to the appropriate view, select an entry you would like to view/modify, and then click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> icon on the toolbar. Alternatively, you may double-click on the entry to edit it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2170(title)
|
|
msgid "Entering and Editing Data: Complete Description"
|
|
msgstr "Invoeren en aanpassen van gegevens: een volledige beschrijving"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2172(para)
|
|
msgid "The previous section offered you a quick overview of how to enter and edit data in GRAMPS. This section continues that discussion in much greater detail."
|
|
msgstr "Het vorige deel gaf u een snel overzicht van hoe gegevens in te voeren en aan te passen. Dit deel gaat in meer detail verder."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2176(para)
|
|
msgid "As we have seen above, GRAMPS offers you a series of Views. Each of these Views gives you opportunities to enter and edit information. In fact, you can often get to the same information from different Views."
|
|
msgstr "Zoals we gezien hebben, heeft GRAMPS verschillende schermen. Elk van deze schermen geeft u mogelijkheden om gegevens in te voeren en aan te passen. Het is zelfs zo dat u dezelfde informatie kunt zien in verschillende schermen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2181(para)
|
|
msgid "In GRAMPS, information is entered and edited through what we call dialogs. Since we use that term frequently, we should define what we mean by it:"
|
|
msgstr "Informatie wordt ingevoerd en aangepast via zogenaamde dialogen. Omdat we deze dialogen vaak gebruiken, zullen we eerste definiëren wat we er juist mee bedoelen:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2185(para)
|
|
msgid "A dialog is a pop-up window that provides one or more forms for entering and editing data that fits a certain category. Examples in GRAMPS include the Edit Person dialog and the Marriage/Relationship dialog, among many others."
|
|
msgstr "Een dialoog is een pop-up venster dat één of meerdere formulieren bevat, waarin gegevens van een bepaalde categorie ingevoerd en aangepast kunnen worden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2190(para)
|
|
msgid "A dialog often includes a series of \"notebook tabs\" that group the information into subcategories. For example, the Edit Person dialog has notebook tabs for subcategories such as Events, Attributes, Addresses, and Notes, among others."
|
|
msgstr "een dialoog bevat vaak een reeks van \"notebook tabs\" die de informatie in subcategorieën verdelen. Als voorbeeld heeft de dialoog \"aanpassen persoon\" de volgende notebook tabbladen: gebeurtenissen, kenmerken, adressen en opmerkingen en andere."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2196(title)
|
|
msgid "Add, Remove, and Edit buttons"
|
|
msgstr "De knoppen toevoegen, verwijderen en aanpassen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2198(para)
|
|
msgid "In most cases, GRAMPS uses a <guibutton>+</guibutton> to correspond to <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, a <guibutton>-</guibutton> correspond to <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>, and an icon of a pen on a sheet of paper to denote <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. We will continue referring to the latter as the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button, while using <guibutton>+</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> to denote the two former buttons."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2208(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About People"
|
|
msgstr "Informatie over personen bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2210(para)
|
|
msgid "Information about people is entered and edited through the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog. This dialog can be invoked from different Views in the following ways:"
|
|
msgstr "Persoonsinformatie wordt ingevoerd en aangepast via <guilabel>Persoon aanpassen</guilabel> dialoog. Deze dialoog verschijnt in de verschillende schermen op deze manier:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2216(term)
|
|
msgid "From the People View:"
|
|
msgstr "Via het personenscherm:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2221(para)
|
|
msgid "Double-click the name of the person whose data you would like to edit"
|
|
msgstr "Klik tweemaal op de naam van de persoon waarvan u de gegevens wilt aanpassen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2226(para)
|
|
msgid "Select the name by single click and then click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button on the toolbar."
|
|
msgstr "Selecteer de naam met één enkele klik en klik dan op knop <guibutton>aanpassen</guibutton>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2231(para)
|
|
msgid "Select the name and then press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
|
|
msgstr "Selecteer de naam en druk <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2236(para)
|
|
msgid "Select <guimenuitem>Edit...</guimenuitem> from the <guisubmenu>Edit</guisubmenu> menu of GRAMPS"
|
|
msgstr "Selecteer <guimenuitem>Aanpassen...</guimenuitem> van het menu <guisubmenu>Aanpassen</guisubmenu>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2241(para)
|
|
msgid "Select <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem> from the context menu that appears upon right-click on the name."
|
|
msgstr "Selecteer <guimenuitem>Aanpassen</guimenuitem> van de contextmenu die verschijnt wanneer u rechtsklikt op een naam."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2250(term)
|
|
msgid "From the Relationships View:"
|
|
msgstr "Via het relatiescherm:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2253(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit the active person's data, click on the Edit button next to the active person's name."
|
|
msgstr "Om de gegevens van de actieve persoon aan te passen klikt u op de knop 'Aanpassen' die naast de naam staat."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2259(term)
|
|
msgid "From the Pedigree View:"
|
|
msgstr "Via het afstammelingenscherm:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2262(para)
|
|
msgid "Double-click in the box having the name of the person whose data you want to edit."
|
|
msgstr "Klik dubbel op het vak waarin de naam van de persoon staat wiens gegevens u wilt aanpassen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2268(para)
|
|
msgid "In each of the above cases, the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog will appear:"
|
|
msgstr "In alle bovenvermelde gevallen zal de dialoog <guilabel>Aanpassen persoon</guilabel> getoond worden:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2272(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog aanpassen persoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2282(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog aanpassen persoon."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2288(para)
|
|
msgid "The top of the window shows the basic information about the person whose data is being edited. Below are several \"notebook tabs\" containing different categories of available information. Click any tab to view and edit its contents. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button at the bottom will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will close the window without applying any changes. If any data in any tabs were modified, an alert window will appear, prompting you to choose from the following options: close the dialog without saving changes, cancel the initial cancel request, or save the changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2301(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will immediately save changes to the database. There is no need for a Save operation, since all changes are immediate."
|
|
msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Alle aanpassingen worden opgeslagen in het gegevensbestand. Alle aanpassingen gebeuren automatisch en er is geen aparte 'opslaan' actie."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2307(para) C/gramps.xml:3101(para) C/gramps.xml:3305(para) C/gramps.xml:3637(para) C/gramps.xml:3761(para)
|
|
msgid "If a tab label is in boldface type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data."
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer een opschrift van een tab vet gedrukt is, wil dit zeggen dat er informatie opgeslagen is."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2311(para)
|
|
msgid "The general information is at the top of the window. This includes the primary name and general information.:"
|
|
msgstr "De algemene informatie wordt bovenaan het venster getoond, zoals primaire naam en algemene informatie.:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2316(term)
|
|
msgid "Primary Name"
|
|
msgstr "Primaire naam"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2319(para)
|
|
msgid "includes <guilabel>Given name</guilabel>, <guilabel>Family name</guilabel>, <guilabel>Family prefix</guilabel> (such as \"de\" or \"van\"), <guilabel>Suffix</guilabel> (e.g. Jr. or III), <guilabel>Title</guilabel> (e.g. Dr. or Rev.), <guilabel>Nickname</guilabel> (Bob for Robert), <guilabel>Type</guilabel> of the name (birth name, married name, etc.). Some of these <guilabel>Family name</guilabel> and <guilabel>Type</guilabel> fields provide \"autocompletion\" feature: as you type in these fields, a menu appears below the field containing database entries that match your partial input. This gives you a shortcut by letting you select an entry that already exists in the database rather than having to type it all out. You can select the entry using your mouse or using your arrow and <keycap>Enter</keycap> keys."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2334(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> (that is, the \"pen and paper\" icon) next to the <guilabel>Prefix</guilabel> entry field invokes the <guilabel>Name Editor</guilabel> dialog. This dialog allows editing the preferred name in full detail (see <xref linkend=\"adv-an\"/>)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2345(term) C/gramps.xml:3110(term) C/gramps.xml:3469(term) C/gramps.xml:3646(term) C/gramps.xml:3770(term) C/gramps.xml:3923(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4046(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4151(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:5923(title)
|
|
msgid "General"
|
|
msgstr "Algemeen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2348(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Gender</guilabel> menu offers the choice of person's gender : <guilabel>male</guilabel>, <guilabel>female</guilabel>, and <guilabel>unknown</guilabel>."
|
|
msgstr "Het <guilabel>Geslacht</guilabel> menu toont volgende mogelijkheden : <guilabel>mannelijk</guilabel>, <guilabel>vrouwelijk</guilabel>, en <guilabel>onbekend</guilabel>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2353(para)
|
|
msgid "The field <guilabel>ID</guilabel> displays the GRAMPS ID number which identifies the user in the database. This value helps you distiguish between people who have the same name. You may enter any unique value you want. If you do not provide a value, GRAMPS will automatically select a value for you."
|
|
msgstr "Het veld <guilabel>ID</guilabel> toont het GRAMPS ID nummer "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2359(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Marker</guilabel> allows you to specify som basic information on the status of your research."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2362(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Privacy</guilabel> button lets you mark whether or not the person's record is considered private."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2370(term)
|
|
msgid "Image"
|
|
msgstr "Beeld"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2373(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> area shows the first image available in the <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> of this person (if any exist)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2380(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs reflect the following categories of personal data:"
|
|
msgstr "De tabs geven de volgende persoonlijke informatiecategorieën weer:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2388(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Events</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit any events relevant to the person. The bottom part of the window lists all such events stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected event in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to add, modify, and remove an event record from the database. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr "De tab <guilabel>Gebeurtenissen</guilabel> geeft u toe alle gebeurtenissen te zien die verbonden zijn met een persoon en die gebeurtenissen ook te veranderen. Het onderste deel laat alle gelijkaardige gebeurtenissen zien die opgeslagen zijn in het gegevensbestand. Het bovenste deel laat de details zien van het huidig geselecteerde gebeurtenis van de lijst ( indien aanwezig). De knoppen <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Bewerken</guibutton>, en <guibutton>-</guibutton> laten toe om een gebeurtenis toe te voegen, aan te passen of te verwijderen van het gegevensbestand. Deze knoppen <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Bewerken</guibutton>, en <guibutton>-</guibutton> zijn enkel beschikbaar indien een gebeurtenis daadwerkelijk wordt gekozen uit de lijst."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2404(term) C/gramps.xml:3878(title)
|
|
msgid "Names"
|
|
msgstr "Namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2407(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Names</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit any alternate names the person may have. The bottom part of the window lists all alternate names for the person stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected name in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow the addition, modification, and removal of an alternate name from the database. Note that the Edit and - buttons become available only when an alternate name is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2419(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Names"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog aanpassen personen - namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2430(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Names Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont de namentab in dialoog aanpassen personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2436(para)
|
|
msgid "When you add a new name or edit an existing name, the <guilabel>Name Editor</guilabel> dialog is invoked. This dialog is described in the section below (see <xref linkend=\"adv-an\"/>)."
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer u een nieuwe naam toevoegt of een bestaande naam aanpast, wordt de dialoog <guilabel>Aanpassen naam</guilabel> getoond. In onderstaand deel wordt deze dialoog beschreven (zie <xref linkend=\"adv-an\"/>)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2446(term) C/gramps.xml:3148(term) C/gramps.xml:3667(term) C/gramps.xml:4001(title)
|
|
msgid "Attributes"
|
|
msgstr "Kenmerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2449(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Attributes</guilabel> tab lets you view and assign attributes to the person. You have complete freedom to define and use attributes. For example, attributes might be assigned to describe the person's physical characteristics or personality traits."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2455(para)
|
|
msgid "Note that each attribute listed in the <guilabel>Attribute</guilabel> dialog consists of two parts: the Attribute itself and a Value associated with that Attribute. This so-called \"Parameter-Value\" pairing can help you organize and systematize your research. For example, if you define \"Hair color\" as an Attribute for a person, \"Hair Color\" will become a selectable Attribute for all other people. The Value of Hair Color for person A might be red, and brown for person B. In similar fashion, you might define an Attribute like \"Generosity\" and use the Value of \"Enormous\" to describe a particularly generous person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2467(para)
|
|
msgid "The bottom part of the dialog window displays the list of all Attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove an attribute record from the database. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2478(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Attributes"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog aanpassen persoon - kenmerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2489(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Attributes Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont de kenmerkentab van de dialoog aanpassen personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2501(term) C/gramps.xml:4106(title)
|
|
msgid "Addresses"
|
|
msgstr "Adressen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2504(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Addresses</guilabel> tab lets you view and record the various addresses of the person. The bottom part of the window lists all addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2515(para)
|
|
msgid "Some reports allow you to restrict data on living people. In particular, that option will omit their addresses."
|
|
msgstr "Sommige verslagen laten toe dat enkel bepaalde informatie van levende personen getoond wordt.Zo kunt u bv. de adressen van zulke personen weglaten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2519(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Addresses"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog aanpassen persoon - adressen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2530(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Addresses Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont de adressentab van de dialoog aanpassen personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2542(term) C/gramps.xml:3168(term) C/gramps.xml:3687(term)
|
|
msgid "Notes"
|
|
msgstr "Aantekeningen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2546(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Notes"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog aanpassen persoon - aantekeningen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2557(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Notes Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont de aantekeningentab van de dialoog aanpassen personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2563(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tab provides a place to record various items about the person that do not fit neatly into other categories. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2568(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Format</guilabel> option lets you set the way the note will appear in reports and web pages. If you select \"Flowed,\" the text generated will have single spaces put in place of all multiple spaces, tabs, and single end-of-line characters. A blank line inserted between two blocks of text will signal a new paragraph; additional inserted lines will be ignored."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2576(para) C/gramps.xml:3184(para)
|
|
msgid "If you select the Preformatted option, the text in reports and web pages will appear exactly as you enter it in the Notes dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Indien u de optie 'geformatteerd' kiest, zal de tekst in verslagen en webpagina's exact weergegeven worden zoals ingegeven in de aantekeningendialoog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2585(term) C/gramps.xml:3193(term) C/gramps.xml:3517(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:3790(term) C/gramps.xml:3960(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4065(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4169(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Sources"
|
|
msgstr "Bronnen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2589(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Sources"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog aanpassen persoon - bronnen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2600(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Sources Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont bronnen tab in het dialoogvenster aanpassen personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2607(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab allows you to view and document the sources for the information you collect. These might be general sources that do not describe a specific event, but which nevertheless yield information about the person. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention her great-grandson Paul, the researcher may assume that this Paul actually existed and cite Aunt Martha's memoirs as the source that justifies this assumption."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2617(para)
|
|
msgid "Sources which document specific events are best recorded as sources of the event (under the <guilabel>Events</guilabel> tab) instead of as a source of the person. The person's <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab is best used for any sources not specificly connected to any other data."
|
|
msgstr "Bronnen die specifieke gebeurtenissen documenteren, worden best onder bronnen van deze gebeurtenis opgeslagen ( onder de <guilabel>Gebeurtenis</guilabel> tab) in plaats van als een bron van een bepaalde persoon. De tab <guilabel>Bronnen</guilabel> bij een persoon kan best gebruikt worden voor alle bronnen die niet specifiek verbonden zijn met andere gegevens."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2624(para)
|
|
msgid "The central part displays the list of all source references stored in the database in relation to the person. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this person. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2636(term) C/gramps.xml:3225(term) C/gramps.xml:3333(term) C/gramps.xml:3535(term)
|
|
msgid "Gallery"
|
|
msgstr "Galerij"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2639(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab lets you view and store photos, videos, and other media objects that are associated with the person. The central part of the window lists all such media objects. Any object in the form of a valid image file will result in the display of a thumbnail view of the image. For other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., a corresponding file type icon is displayed instead."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2648(para)
|
|
msgid "The first available image in the gallery will be also displayed in the <guilabel>Image</guilabel> area in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab."
|
|
msgstr "Het eerst beschikbare beeld in de galerij zal getoond worden in het <guilabel>Beeld</guilabel> venster in tab <guilabel>Algemeen</guilabel>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2653(para)
|
|
msgid "The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Select</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add a new image to the database, link to an image already stored in the database, modify an image, and remove a given media object from the person's gallery. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2663(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Gallery"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog aanpassen persoon - galerij"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2674(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Gallery Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont tab galerij van de aanpasdialoog personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2682(para)
|
|
msgid "Removing a media object from a person's gallery does not remove it from the database. It only removes the reference to that object from this person's record."
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer een media object verwijderd uit de galerij van een persoon, wordt dit bestand niet verwijderd uit het gegevensbestand. Enkel de verwijzing naar dit object wordt verwijderd uit de gegevens van de persoon."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2692(term) C/gramps.xml:3557(term)
|
|
msgid "Internet"
|
|
msgstr "Internet"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2695(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Internet</guilabel> tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the person. The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The \"Go\" button (represented by an icon having a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, <guibutton>-</guibutton>, and <guibutton>Go</guibutton> buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr "De tab <guilabel>Internet</guilabel>, geeft de internet-adressen die relevant zijn voor de persoon. Het onderste deel geeft een lijst van alle internet-adressen en bijhorende beschrijvingen. Bovenste deel toont de details van het huidige geselecteerde adres uit de lijst(indien aanwezig). De knoppen <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Bewerken</guibutton>, en <guibutton>-</guibutton> laten toe om een internet-adres toe te voegen, aan te passen of te verwijderen. "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2710(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Internet"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog aanpassen persoon - internet"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2721(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Internet Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont de internet Tab van de Dialoog Aanpassen Personen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2733(term)
|
|
msgid "Associations"
|
|
msgstr "Associaties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2736(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Associations</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit information about the associations between people in the database. The associations may include Godparents, family friends, or any other types of associations you may wish to record."
|
|
msgstr "De tab <guilabel>Associaties</guilabel> toont informatie over associaties tussen mensen in het gegevensbestand en laat u toe deze informatie te wijzigen. Deze associaties kunnen vrienden van de familie zijn, peter en meter of gelijk welke andere associatie die u wenst op te slaan."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2743(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Associations"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog persoonsassociaties bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2754(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Associations Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont de tab associaties van de dialoog personen bewerken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2766(term) C/gramps.xml:3247(term)
|
|
msgid "LDS"
|
|
msgstr "LDS"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2769(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>LDS</guilabel> (Latter Days Saints) tab lets you view and edit information about LDS ordinances of the person. These are LDS Baptism, Endowment, and Sealed to Parents ordinances, as labeled inside the tab. Each ordinance is described by its date, LDS temple, and Place where it happened. An additional pop-up menu, \"Parents,\" is available for the Sealed to Parents ordinance. Each ordinance can be further described through the selections available in the Status pop-up menu. It can also be include notes and references to sources through the corresponding <guibutton>Sources...</guibutton> and <guibutton>Note</guibutton> buttons."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2782(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - LDS"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog persoon - LDS bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2793(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows LDS Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont de tab LDS van de dialoog personen bewerken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2804(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Dates"
|
|
msgstr "Datums aanpassen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2806(para)
|
|
msgid "This section describes how to enter and modify dates. Since dates are so important in genealogical research, GRAMPS takes special care to preserve and use any date information available."
|
|
msgstr "Dit deel beschrijft hoe datums in te voeren en aan te passen. Omdat datums zo belangrijk zijn voor genealogisch onderzoek, zorgt GRAMPS er voor om alle datum informatie te bewaren en te gebruiken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2810(para)
|
|
msgid "Information can be entered into a date field by directly typing it or by invoking the Date selection dialog. Both methods will be discussed below, but first, we will cover some important features of dates as they are used in GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Informatie kan ingegeven worden in een datumveld door rechtstreeks de datum in te typen in dit veld of door de dialoog datumselectie op te roepen. Beide methoden worden later uitgelegd maar eerst zullen we enkele belangrijke datumeigenschappen in GRAMPS bespreken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2816(title)
|
|
msgid "Date types"
|
|
msgstr "Datumtypes"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2818(para)
|
|
msgid "Dates in GRAMPS are classified according to the following types:"
|
|
msgstr "Datums worden in GRAMPS volgens de volgende types onderverdeeld:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2823(term)
|
|
msgid "Regular"
|
|
msgstr "Regulier"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2826(para)
|
|
msgid "A \"regular\" date is one which includes a specific day, date, or month. It can be complete (e.g., June 6, 1990) or partial (e.g., July 1977)."
|
|
msgstr "Een \"reguliere\" datum is een datum die een specifieke dag, datum of maand bevat. Deze datum kan volledig zijn (bijv. 6 Juni 1990) of onvolledig (bijv. Juli 1977)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2833(term)
|
|
msgid "Before"
|
|
msgstr "Voor"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2836(para)
|
|
msgid "A \"before\" date is one that can only be identified as occurring before a certain day, month, or year."
|
|
msgstr "Een datum van het type \"voor\" kan enkel geïdentificeerd worden als voorkomend voor een bepaalde dag, maand of jaar."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2842(term)
|
|
msgid "After"
|
|
msgstr "Na"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2845(para)
|
|
msgid "An \"after\" date is one that occurs after a certain day, month, or year."
|
|
msgstr "Een \"na\" datum is een datum die na een bepaalde dag, maand of jaar valt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2851(term)
|
|
msgid "Range"
|
|
msgstr "Bereik"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2854(para)
|
|
msgid "A \"range\" describes a time period during which the event occurred. For example, \"between January 1932 and March 1932.\""
|
|
msgstr "Een \"bereik\" beschrijft een periode waarin de gebeurtenis plaatsvond. Voorbeeld, \"tussen Januari 1932 en Maart 1940.\""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2861(term)
|
|
msgid "Span"
|
|
msgstr "Van tot"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2864(para)
|
|
msgid "A \"span\" describes a time period during which a condition existed. For example, \"from May 12, 2000 to February 2, 2002.\""
|
|
msgstr "Een \"van tot\" beschrijft een tijdsperiode waarin de gebeurtenis bestond. Voorbeeld, \"van 12 Mei 1999 tot 2 Februari 2002.\""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2873(title)
|
|
msgid "Date formats and parsing rules"
|
|
msgstr "Datumformaten en vertaalregels"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2875(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS recognizes dates entered in a variety of formats. The default numeric format is that which is conventional for the environment is which GRAMPS is operating; that is, DD.MM.YYYY for most European countries, MM/DD/YYYY for the U.S., and so on."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS herkent ingevoerde datums in verscheidene formaten. Het standaard numeriek formaat wordt bepaald door de omgeving waarin GRAMPS draait. Dus DD.MM.YYYY voor de meeste Europese landen en MM/DD/YYYY voor de V.S. enz."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2880(para)
|
|
msgid "Besides exact dates, GRAMPS recognizes many dates that are not regular: before, after, about, ranges and spans. It also understands the quality: estimated or calculated. Finally, it supports partial dates and many alternative calendars. Below is the list of date entry rules to allow precise date parsing."
|
|
msgstr "Naast exacte datums kan GRAMPS ook verscheidene datums herkennen die niet regulier zijn: voor, na, rond, bereik en periode. Ook wordt de kwaliteit begrepen : berekend of geschat. Tenslotte worden gedeeltelijke datums en vele alternatieve kalenders ondersteund. Verderop vindt u een lijst van de ingaveregels om een juiste datumvertaling te verkrijgen. "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2887(title)
|
|
msgid "Date parsing rules"
|
|
msgstr "Datum vertaalregels"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2889(para)
|
|
msgid "The list only applys to the English version of GRAMPS. If you are using localized version of GRAMPS, your version may or may not provide a localized date parser. At the time of this writing, localized parsers exist for French, German, Russian, Finnish, Dutch and Spanish languages."
|
|
msgstr "Deze lijst is enkel van toepassing op de Engelstalige versie van GRAMPS. Indien u gebruikt maakt van locale versies, kan het zijn dat bijkomende vertaalregels voorhanden zijn. Momenteel zijn speciale vertaalregels beschikbaar voor Frans, Duits, Russisch, Fins, Nederlands en Spaans."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2895(para)
|
|
msgid "If the localized parser is available for your version, chances are that other rules are in effect. If there is no manual in your language yet, you may try following your instinct and go with the common ways of denoting dates in your language. If all else fails, use the <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog described below."
|
|
msgstr "Indien de locale vertaler aanwezig is in uw versie kan het dus zijn dat andere regels van toepassing zijn. Indien er geen duidelijk handleiding te vinden is? kan je instinctief een aantal normale en gangbare datums invoeren. Indien er niets gaan, gebruik dan best de <guilabel>Datum selectie</guilabel> dialoog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2905(para)
|
|
msgid "Regular single dates can be entered just as you would write them. Examples: May 24, 1961 or January 1, 2004."
|
|
msgstr "Enkelvoudige reguliere datums kunnen zo ingevoerd worden zoals u ze schrijft. Voorbeelden: 24 Mei, 1691 of 1 Januari 2007."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2910(para)
|
|
msgid "Dates that are not regular should start with the quality: <guilabel>estimated</guilabel> or <guilabel>calculated</guilabel>, if applicable. Example: est. 1961, or calc 2005. (Note that a quality does not need to be specified for regular dates.)"
|
|
msgstr "Andere datums moeten starten met een kwaliteit: <guilabel>geschat</guilabel> of <guilabel>berekend</guilabel>, indien van toepassing. Voorbeeld: gesch. 1962 of ber. 2007. (Opmerking: er moet geen kwaliteit opgegeven te worden voor reguliere datums.)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2918(para)
|
|
msgid "After the quality should appear the type. If the type is <guilabel>before</guilabel>, <guilabel>after</guilabel>, or <guilabel>about</guilabel>, you scan specify the type by writing \"before\", \"after\" or \"about\". If the type is a range, write \"between DATE and DATE\", and if the type is a span, write \"from DATE to DATE\". patterns, where DATE is a single date."
|
|
msgstr "Na de kwaliteit volgt het type. Indien het type <guilabel>voor</guilabel>, <guilabel>na</guilabel>, of <guilabel>rond</guilabel> is, kunt u dit invoeren door \"voor\", \"na\" of \"rond\" te typen. Indien het type een bereik is, schrijft u \"tussen DATUM en DATUM\", en als het type een periode is, schrijft u \"van DATUM tot DATUM\". DATUM is hier een enkele datum."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2925(para)
|
|
msgid "Examples: est from 2001 to 2003, before June 1975, est about 2000, calc between May 1900 and January 1, 1990."
|
|
msgstr "Voorbeelden: geschat van 2002 tot 2006, voor Juni 1975, geschat rond 2000, berekend tussen Mei 1900 en Januari 1990."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2930(para)
|
|
msgid "Partial dates are entered simply by omitting unknown information. Examples: May 1961 and 2004."
|
|
msgstr "Gedeeltelijke datums kunnen ingevoerd worden door eenvoudig de ontbrekende informatie weg te laten. Voorbeelden: Mei 1699 en 2009."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2935(para)
|
|
msgid "Alternate calendars are calendars other than the Gregorian calendar. Currently, GRAMPS supports Hebrew, French Republican, Julian, Islamic, and Persian alternate calendars. To specify the calendar other than the default Gregorian, append the name of the calendar to the date string, e.g. \"January 9, 1905 (julian)\"."
|
|
msgstr "Alternatieve kalenders zijn kalenders die afwijken van de Gregoriaanse. Momenteel ondersteunt GRAMPS volgende kalenders: Hebreeuwse, Franse Republiek, Juliaanse, Islamitische en Perzische kalenders. Om een kalender op te geven die afwijkt van de standaard Gregoriaanse, voegt u de naam van de kalender to aan de datumtekenreeks, v.b. \"9 Januari 1905 (Juliaans)\"."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2946(title)
|
|
msgid "Date Validity Indicators"
|
|
msgstr "Indicatie van de geldigheid van een datum"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2948(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS uses color circles to indicate the validity of the entered date."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS maakt gebruik van gekleurde cirkels om de juistheid van ingevoerde datums weer te geven."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2952(title)
|
|
msgid "Date LED buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Datum led-knoppen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2954(para)
|
|
msgid "The color circles are also referred to as the LED buttons. Clicking on an LED button will invoke the <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog described in detail below, see <xref linkend=\"adv-dates-gui\"/>"
|
|
msgstr "De gekleurde cirkels worden ook als led-knoppen aangegeven. Klik op een led-knop en er wordt een dialoog <guilabel>Datum selectie</guilabel> getoond, die hieronder in detail wordt beschreven, zie <xref linkend=\"adv-dates-gui\"/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2962(para)
|
|
msgid "A green circle means that the date is valid and complete regular date (e.g. May 24, 1961). In simple terms, green means that the date corresponds to a unique date."
|
|
msgstr "Een groene cirkel betekent dat de datum volledig en geldig is (v.b. 24 Mei 1961). Eenvoudig gezegd, groen wil zeggen dat de datum overeenstemt met een unieke datum."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2968(para)
|
|
msgid "Yellow circle means that the date is valid but is not a regular date. This could be the date of a different type: a before date (before May 25, 1962), an after date (after May, 1960), an about date (about May 23, 1961), a range (between May 1, 1961 and May 31, 1961), or a span (from May 1, 1961 to May 31, 1961). It can also be a complete single date, but with quality of Estimated or Calculated. Finally, it could be a partial date, i.e. a regular quality single date missing some portion, e.g. May 1961 or 1961."
|
|
msgstr "Een gele cirkel geeft aan dat de datum geldig is, maar geen het geen reguliere datum is. Dit kan aangeven dat de datum van een ander type is: een voor.. datum( voor 1 Mei 1960) of een na... datum (na 1 Mei 1960) of rond ... datum (rond 23 Mei 2005), of een bereik (tussen 2 Mei 1963 en 3 Mei 1964) of een periode (van 2 Mei 1599 tot 3 Juni 1603). Het kan ook gaan over een complete datum, maar met de kwaliteit geschat of berekend. Tenslotte kan het gaan over een gedeeltelijke datum, dus een reguliere datum waarin een deel ontbreekt, v.b. Juni 2005."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2978(para)
|
|
msgid "While partial dates do not uniquely define the day, they allow at least for some type of comparisons between the dates."
|
|
msgstr "Zelfs als de gedeeltelijke datums geen unieke dagen omvatten, kunnen ze toch gebruikt worden voor sommige vergelijken tussen datums."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2984(para)
|
|
msgid "Red circle means that the date is not recognized as a valid date (e.g. \"Christmas week of 61\", or \"the summer when I had surgery\"). In such a case the date will be stored as a text string and therefore cannot be compared other dates. As you can see, it is best to avoid such date entries. It would be better, for example, to enter a date of \"December 1961\" and then to add the note \"Christmas week of '61.\""
|
|
msgstr "Een rode cirkel geeft aan dat de ingevoerde datum niet herkend wordt als een geldige datum (v.b. \"Kerstweek van 62\" of \"de zomer toen ik werd geopereerd\"). In zulke gevallen zal de datum als een teksttekenreeks worden opgeslagen en kan er daarom ook geen vergelijk met andere datums gebeuren. Zoals u zelf vaststelt is het beter de teksttekenreeksen te vermijden. In bovenstaande gevallen is het dus beter om de datum in te voeren als volgt: \"December 1962\" en dan een opmerking toe te voegen \"Kerstweek van '62.\""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2996(title)
|
|
msgid "Graphical User Interface for Entering Dates"
|
|
msgstr "Grafische gebruikers-interface om datums in te geven"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2998(para)
|
|
msgid "While the above parsing rules provide a guide for you to type in most common dates, you can also use <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog. The dialog is particularly useful for building a complex date or for simply insuring that your information is entered in a way GRAMPS will understand. The <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog can be invoked by clicking the colored circle button next to the date entry field."
|
|
msgstr "Bovenstaande vertaalregels geven u een idee hoe u best de meeste datums invoert, maar u kunt ook gebruik maken van <guilabel>Datum selecteren</guilabel> dialoog. Deze dialoog is zeker handig indien u een complexe datum wenst in te voeren of eenvoudigweg om te controleren of de ingevoerde informatie voor GRAMPS verstaanbaar is. De <guilabel>Datum selecteren </guilabel> dialoog kan ook opgeroepen worden door op de gekleurde led-knop naast het datum ingaveveld te klikken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3007(title)
|
|
msgid "Date selection dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog voor keuze van de datum"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3017(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Date selection dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog datumselectie."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3023(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> menu lets you choose a calendar other than the default Gregorian. The <guilabel>Quality</guilabel> menu gives you the choices of Regular, Estimated, or Calculated. The <guilabel>Type</guilabel> menu allows you establish the exact date type: Regular, Before, After, About, Range, Span, and Text only. You can set the <guilabel>Date</guilabel> by setting the day, the month, and the year. In the event that your date type is Range or Span, the <guilabel>Second date</guilabel> will be activated. Finally, the <guilabel>Text comment</guilabel> text entry field allows storing an arbitrary text string along with the date."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3036(para)
|
|
msgid "If you have an important comment to make about a date, you are better off doing so in a Note that corresponds to the event than in the Text comment field of the Date selection dialog. We recommend this for the following reason: If you enter a date by typing it directly into the date field (that is, not via the Date selector dialog), your entry will be copied and stored as the text comment string when GRAMPS parses the entered text. Thus, any comment that may have been there prior to the parsing will be overwritten."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3050(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About Relationships"
|
|
msgstr "Relatie-informatie bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3052(para)
|
|
msgid "Information about relationships is entered and edited through the <guilabel>Marriage/Relationship Editor</guilabel> dialog. This dialog is invoked from Family View by double-clicking the Spouse box"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3058(para)
|
|
msgid "You can also invoke this dialog by right-clicking inside the Spouse box and selecting \"Edit relationship\" item from the context menu that pops up."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3064(title)
|
|
msgid "Marriage/Relationship Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog huwelijk/relaties bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3074(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Marriage/Relationship Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog huwelijk/relaties bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3080(para)
|
|
msgid "The top of the window shows the names of the people whose relationship is being edited. The main part of the window displays seven notebook tabs representing different categories of information about the relationship. Click any tab to view or edit the information it contains. The bottom part has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button at any time will close the window without applying any changes. If any of the data in any tab is modified, an alert window will appear that will prompt you choose between closing the dialog without saving changes, canceling the initial cancel request, or saving the changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3095(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will immediately save changes to the database. This version of GRAMPS does not have a separate saving function, all changes are immediate."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3105(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of relationship data:"
|
|
msgstr "De tabs geven de volgende informatiecategorieën over relaties:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3113(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab lets you edit the Relationship type. The available types (such as Married, Unmarried, etc.) can be chosen from the drop-down <guilabel>Relationship type</guilabel> menu. The <guilabel>GRAMPS ID</guilabel> field displays the ID number which labels this relationship in the database. The <guilabel>Last changed</guilabel> label shows the last time the relationship was modified. Finally, the Information is complete check button indicates whether the record of this relationship is complete or not."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3132(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Events</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit events relevant to the relationship. The bottom part displays the list of all such events stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected event in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, or remove an event record from the database. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3151(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Attributes</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit particular information about the relationship that can be expressed as attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3171(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit notes associated with the relationship. These could be any comments which do not naturally fit into the \"Parameter-Value\" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3177(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Format</guilabel> option lets you set the way the note will appear in reports and web pages. If you select Flowed, the text generated will have single spaces put in place of all multiple spaces, tabs, and single end-of-line characters. A blank line inserted between two blocks of text will signal a new paragraph; additional inserted lines will be ignored."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3196(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit the sources which provide evidence for the relationship. These might be documents that refer to the relationship, but which do not necessarily document it officially. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention that her great-grandson Paul was married, the researcher may take this as evidence of the relationship between Paul and his wife existed and cite the memoirs as the source for this assumption."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3206(para)
|
|
msgid "Sources that document specific events such as marriages or divorces are better filed in relation to those events, under the Events tab."
|
|
msgstr "Bronnen die specifieke gebeurtenissen zoals huwelijken of scheidingen documenteren, werden best verzameld onder de tab \"gebeurtenissen\" en verbonden met deze gebeurtenissen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3211(para)
|
|
msgid "The central part of the Sources window displays the list of all source references associated with the relationship. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow let you add, modify, and remove a source reference to this relationship. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3228(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with the relationship. The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic GRAMPS icon. The buttons <guilabel>+</guilabel>, <guilabel>Select</guilabel>, <guilabel>Edit</guilabel>, and <guilabel>-</guilabel> let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> and <guilabel>-</guilabel> buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3250(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>LDS</guilabel> (Latter Days Saints) tab displays information about the LDS <guilabel>Sealed to Spouse</guilabel> ordinance. The data can include date, LDS temple, and Place. The status of the ordinance can be described through the selections available in the <guilabel>Status</guilabel> pop-up menu and can also be referenced in the corresponding <guibutton>Sources...</guibutton> and <guibutton>Note</guibutton> buttons."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3265(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About Sources"
|
|
msgstr "Broninformatie bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3267(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit source data, switch to the Sources View and select the desired entry in the list of sources. Double-click that entry or click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> icon on the toolbar to invoke the following <guilabel>Source Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3273(title)
|
|
msgid "Source Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog bronnen bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3283(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Source Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog bronnen bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3289(para)
|
|
msgid "The main part of the window displays four notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3299(para) C/gramps.xml:3631(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will immediately save changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate."
|
|
msgstr "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> aanklikken zal de veranderingen aan het gegevensbestand onmiddellijk bewaren ( worden naar de schijf geschreven). Veranderingen worden ogenblikkelijk doorgevoerd."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3309(para)
|
|
msgid "The general information at the top of the window lets you define basic information about the source: its <guilabel>Title</guilabel>, <guilabel>Author</guilabel>, <guilabel>Abbreviation</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Publication information</guilabel>. You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3315(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of source data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3320(term) C/gramps.xml:3505(term) C/gramps.xml:3808(term) C/gramps.xml:3979(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4084(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4188(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Note"
|
|
msgstr "Aantekeningen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3323(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3336(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given source (for example, a photo of a birth certificate). The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic GRAMPS icon. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Select</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the source. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3356(term)
|
|
msgid "Data"
|
|
msgstr "Gegevens"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3359(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Data</guilabel> tab displays \"Key/Value\" pairs that may be associated with the source. These are similar to the \"Attributes\" used for other types of GRAMPS records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source references and notes, while Key/Value data may not."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3366(para)
|
|
msgid "The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3382(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Repositories</guilabel> tab displays the references to the repositories in which the source is contained. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Title</guilabel>, <guilabel>Call Number</guilabel>,and <guilabel>Type</guilabel>. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record. You may also edit the reference. The buttons on the side of the tab allow you add a new repository, link to (or share) an existing repository, edit the reference to the repository, or remove the reference."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3398(term) C/gramps.xml:3580(term) C/gramps.xml:3703(term)
|
|
msgid "References"
|
|
msgstr "Referenties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3401(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>References</guilabel> tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Name</guilabel>. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3409(para)
|
|
msgid "Only primary objects can be shown in the <guilabel>References</guilabel> tab: Person, Family, Event, Place, or Media object. Secondary objects such as Names and Attributes can only be accessed through the primary objects to which they belong."
|
|
msgstr "Enkel de primaire objecten kunnen getoond worden in de tab <guilabel>Referenties</guilabel> : persoon, familie,gebeurtenis, locatie of media-object. Secundaire objecten zoals namen en attributen kunnen enkel bereikt worden via de primaire objecten waartoe ze behoren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3421(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About Places"
|
|
msgstr "Locatie-informatie bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3423(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit information about places, switch to the Places View and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button on the toolbar to bring up the following <guilabel>Place Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3430(title)
|
|
msgid "Place Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog locatie bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3440(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Place Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog locatie bewerken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3446(para)
|
|
msgid "The main part of the window displays seven notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3456(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will immediately save changes to the database). All changes are immediate."
|
|
msgstr "Klikken op de <guibutton>OK</guibutton> knop zal de wijzigingen aan het gegevensbestand direct opslaan. Alle aanpassingen gebeuren onmiddelijk."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3461(para)
|
|
msgid "If a tab label is in boldface type and displays an icon, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data."
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer een tabopschrift vet gedrukt is en een icoontje toont, betekent dit dat de tab gegevens bevat. Indien dit niet zo is, zijn er geen gegevens."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3465(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs represent following categories of place data:"
|
|
msgstr "De tabs vertegenwoordigen volgende categorieën van locatiegegevens:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3472(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab you view and edit the basic information about the place: the <guilabel>Title</guilabel> which labels it in the database, <guilabel>City</guilabel>, <guilabel>Church parish</guilabel>, <guilabel>County</guilabel>, <guilabel>State</guilabel>, <guilabel>Country</guilabel>, <guilabel>Longitude</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Latitude</guilabel>. You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3486(term)
|
|
msgid "Other names"
|
|
msgstr "Andere namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3489(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Other names</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit other names by which the place might be known. The bottom part of the window lists all other names of the place stored in the database. The top part of the window shows the details of the currently selected name in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove a name record. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a name is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3508(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab displays any comments or notes concerning the place. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr "De tab <guilabel>Opmerkingen</guilabel> geeft alle commentaren of opmerkingen ivm. de locatie. Om een opmerking toe te voegen of een bestaande aan te passen kunt u eenvoudig de tekst in het tekstingaveveld veranderen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3520(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to a place. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3538(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given place. The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic GRAMPS icon. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Select</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the place. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3560(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Internet</guilabel> tab contains Internet addresses relevant to the place. The bottom part of the window lists all such Internet addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The <guibutton>Go</guibutton> button (represented by an icon with a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your browser and takes you to the web page corresponding to the highlighted Internet address. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, <guibutton>-</guibutton>, and <guibutton>Go</guibutton> buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3583(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>References</guilabel> tab indicates any database records (events or LDS ordinances) that refer to a place. This information cannot be modified from the Place Editor dialog. Instead, the corresponding database record (e.g., a birth event) has to be brought up and its place reference edited."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3595(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About Media Objects"
|
|
msgstr "Media-objecten informatie bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3597(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit media data, switch to the Media View and select the desired entry in the list of sources. Double-click on that entry or click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> on the toolbar to invoke the following <guilabel>Media Properties Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3603(title)
|
|
msgid "Media Properties Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog Mediakenmerken bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3613(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Media Properties Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog Mediakenmerken bewerken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3619(para)
|
|
msgid "A thumbnail preview of the object is presented, along with a summary of its properties (ID, path, and object type). The central part of the window displays five notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3641(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs represent the following categories of media data:"
|
|
msgstr "De tabs geven de volgende categorieën van mediagegevens:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3649(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit the object's Title and Date. You can type this information directly into the corresponding fields. For the Date, you can also enter information by clicking the LED button and invoking the <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3656(para)
|
|
msgid "Every media object is referred to by its Path. The user is responsible for keeping track of the object files. GRAMPS will only reference and display the contents, not manage the files themselves."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3670(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Attributes</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit particular information about the media object that can be expressed as Attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3690(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. This area is particularly useful for recording information that does not naturally fit into the \"Parameter/Value\" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3706(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>References</guilabel> tab indicates any database records that refer to a given media object. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Name</guilabel>. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3714(para)
|
|
msgid "Only primary objects can be shown in the <guilabel>References</guilabel> tab: Person, Family, Event, Source, or Place. The secondary objects such as Names and Attributes, although able to refer the media object, will only show up through their primary objects to which they belong."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3727(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About Events"
|
|
msgstr "Gebeurtenisseninformatie bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3729(para)
|
|
msgid "Events are edited through the <guilabel>Event Editor</guilabel> dialog. This dialog can be accessed from either the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog or the <guilabel>Marriage/Relationship</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3735(title)
|
|
msgid "Event Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog gebeurtenissen bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3745(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Event Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog gebeurtenissen bewerken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3751(para)
|
|
msgid "The central part of the window displays five notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3765(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of the event data:"
|
|
msgstr "De tabs geven de volgende informatiecategorieën ivm. gegevens van gebeurtenissen:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3773(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit basic information about the event: its <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, <guilabel>Date</guilabel>, <guilabel>Place</guilabel>, <guilabel>Cause</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Description</guilabel>. You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields. The type can be selected from available types listed in the Event type drop-down menu. The rest of the information can be typed in the appropriate text entry fields. Checking the Private record box marks the event record as private and allows it to be omitted from reports."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3793(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to an event. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3811(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the event. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3823(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Source References"
|
|
msgstr "Bronreferenties bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3825(para)
|
|
msgid "Source references connect a Source to another object and allow you to provide additional information about the source. When adding source references to events, places, etc., the following dialog appears:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3831(title)
|
|
msgid "Source Information dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog broninformatie bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3841(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Source Information dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog broninformatie bewerken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3847(para)
|
|
msgid "The dialog includes two main headings, <guilabel>Source selection</guilabel> and <guilabel>Source details</guilabel>. <guilabel>Source selection</guilabel> displays the <guilabel>Title</guilabel> of the Source, its <guilabel>Author</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Publication information</guilabel>. The <guilabel>Title</guilabel> can be selected from the available sources listed in the drop-down menu. If the source you are referencing is not already in the database, you can enter it by clicking <guibutton>New...</guibutton> and filling out the invoked <guilabel>Source Editor</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3858(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Source details</guilabel> section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Source: <guilabel>Confidence</guilabel>, <guilabel>Volume/Film/Page</guilabel>, <guilabel>Date</guilabel>, <guilabel>Text</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Comments</guilabel>. You can choose the Confidence level from the <guilabel>Confidence</guilabel> drop-down menu. The remaining details can be typed in the corresponding text entry fields."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3868(para)
|
|
msgid "Information in this dialog is specific to the particular reference. A single source can be referenced many times, and all such references will have in common the overall source information. This dialog lets you provide reference-specific data, such as relevant quotes, comments, confidence, page numbers, etc., to further specify and document the reference."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3880(para)
|
|
msgid "Names are edited through the following <guilabel>Name Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3884(title)
|
|
msgid "Name Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog namen bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3894(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Name Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog namen bewerken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3900(para)
|
|
msgid "The top of the window shows the dialog title including the name of the person whose name is being edited. The central part of the window displays three notebook tabs containing different categories of available information. You can bring any tab to the top for viewing or editing by clicking on the appropriate tab heading. The bottom part has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button at any time will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3912(para) C/gramps.xml:4035(para) C/gramps.xml:4140(para)
|
|
msgid "The tab labels reflect the presence of corresponding information: if the tab contains any data, its label appears boldface; if the tab has no data then its label appears regular (not bold)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3918(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of the name data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3926(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab allows editing of general information about the name: given name, family name, patronymic (a form of father's name used in some languages, e.g. Russian), family prefix, suffix, title, and type of the name. The information can be typed in the appropriate text entry fields. The family name and the type can be also selected from available choices listed in the appropriate drop-down menus."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3935(para)
|
|
msgid "<guilabel>Options</guilabel> allow you to adjust specific grouping, sorting, and displaying properties of this name, as well as to provide the date corresponding to the name. The <guilabel>Grouping</guilabel> field provides an alternative grouping node for a given name, overriding the default grouping based on the family name. This may be necessary with similar family names that need to be grouped together -- for example Russian names Ivanov and Ivanova are considered the same, but difference in gender is reflected in different spelling. To enable typing into this field, check the <guilabel>Override</guilabel> check button. The <guilabel>Sort as</guilabel> and <guilabel>Display as</guilabel> determine the manner in which the name appears in the People View and in the reports. The <guilabel>Date</guilabel> can provide information on the validity of this name -- use spans as necessary. Check the <guilabel>Private record</guilabel> box to mark this name record as private. This will give you a chance to omit this name from being included in reports, if you choose so among the report generation options."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3963(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab displays information about sources relevant to this name and controls allowing its modification. The central part displays the list of all such sources' references stored in the database. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this name. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3982(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab displays any notes concerning the name. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr "De tab <guilabel>Opmerking</guilabel> toont alle opmerkingen betreffende de naam. Om een opmerking toe te voegen of een bestaande aan te passen kunt u eenvoudigweg de tekst in het tekstingaveveld veranderen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3986(para) C/gramps.xml:4091(para) C/gramps.xml:4195(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Format</guilabel> option allows you to set the appearance of the note in the output (i.e. in reports and web pages). Selecting <guilabel>Flowed</guilabel> will replace all multiple spaces, tabs, and single end-of-line characters with single space in the output. The two consecutive new lines (i.e. an empty line) denote a new paragraph. Selecting <guilabel>Preformatted</guilabel> will honor all multiple spaces tabs, and new lines, so that the output will appear as it is entered into the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4003(para)
|
|
msgid "Attributes are edited through the following <guilabel>Attribute Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr "Kenmerken worden bewerkt via de volgende <guilabel>Bewerken kenmerken</guilabel> dialoog:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4007(title)
|
|
msgid "Attribute Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog kenmerken bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4017(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Attribute Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog kenmerken bewerken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4023(para)
|
|
msgid "The top of the window shows the dialog title including the name of the person whose attribute is being edited. The central part of the window displays three notebook tabs containing different categories of available information. You can bring any tab to the top for viewing or editing by clicking on the appropriate tab heading. The bottom part has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button at any time will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4041(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of the attribute data:"
|
|
msgstr "De tabbladen geven de volgende informatiecategorieën over de gegevens van de kenmerken:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4049(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab allows editing of the most general information about the attribute: name of the attribute and its value. The information can be typed in the appropriate text entry fields. The attribute name can also be selected from available choices (if any) listed in the <guilabel>Attribute </guilabel> drop-down menu. Check the <guilabel>Private record</guilabel> box to mark this attribute record as private. This will give you a chance to omit this attribute from being included in the reports, if you choose so among the report generation options."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4068(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab displays information about sources relevant to this attribute and controls allowing its modification. The central part displays the list of all such sources references stored in the database. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this attribute. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4087(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab displays any notes concerning the attribute. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr "De tab <guilabel>Opmerking</guilabel> toont alle opmerkingen betreffende een kenmerk. Om een opmerking toe te voegen of een bestaande aan te passen kunt u eenvoudigweg de tekst in het tekstingaveveld veranderen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4108(para)
|
|
msgid "Addresses are edited through the following <guilabel>Address Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4112(title)
|
|
msgid "Address Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog Aanpassen Adressen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4122(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Address Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog aanpassen Adressen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4128(para)
|
|
msgid "The top of the window shows the dialog title including the name of the person whose address is being edited. The central part of the window displays three notebook tabs containing different categories of available information. You can bring any tab to the top for viewing or editing by clicking on the appropriate tab heading. The bottom part has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button at any time will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4146(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of the address data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4154(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab allows editing of the most general information about the address: date, street address, city or county, state or province, country, the postal code, and the phone number. The information can be typed in the appropriate text entry fields. Check the <guilabel>Private record</guilabel> box to mark this address record as private. This will give you a chance to omit this address from being included in reports, if you choose so among the report generation options."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4172(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab displays information about sources relevant to this address and controls allowing its modification. The central part displays the list of all such sources references stored in the database. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this address. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4191(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab displays any notes concerning the address. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr "De tab <guilabel>Opmerking</guilabel> toont alle opmerkingen betreffende het adres. Om een opmerking toe te voegen of een bestaande aan te passen kunt u eenvoudigweg de tekst in het tekstingaveveld veranderen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4210(title)
|
|
msgid "Merging records"
|
|
msgstr "Gegevens samenvoegen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4212(para)
|
|
msgid "Sometime several records in the database turn out to be describing the same object: same person, same place, or same source. It could happen either when the data is entered twice by mistake, or when new information reveals that the two entries refer to the same person. It can also happen after importing GEDCOM obtained from a relative, whose database overlaps with your existing data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4219(para)
|
|
msgid "Whenever you detect duplicate records, merging them a useful way of correcting the situation."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4223(para)
|
|
msgid "To make a merge, exactly two records have to be selected in the appropriate view (People View, Sources View, or Places View). This is accomplished by selecting one entry and then selecting another person while holding down <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4230(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge People"
|
|
msgstr "Personen samenvoegen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4232(para)
|
|
msgid "There are two ways of merging personal records: <guilabel>Compare and Merge</guilabel> and <guilabel>Fast Merge</guilabel>, both available from the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4238(para)
|
|
msgid "Merging people does not discard any information with either method. The decisions you make during the merge only affect which data will become primary and which will become secondary for the resulting merged record."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4246(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Compare and Merge"
|
|
msgstr "Vergelijken en samenvoegen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4249(para)
|
|
msgid "When exactly two people are selected, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare and Merge...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to invoke <guilabel>Compare People</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4257(title)
|
|
msgid "Compare People dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog personen vergelijken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4267(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Compare People dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toon de vergelijk personendialoog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4273(para)
|
|
msgid "The dialog allows you to make a decision on whether or not the selected records should be merged. If you decide that the records should not be merged, despite similar names, you may click <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close the dialog without making any changes. If you decide to proceed with merging, select the appropriate <guilabel>Select</guilabel> radio button to specify the record to be used as the source of primary data, then click <guibutton>Merge and close</guibutton>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4283(para)
|
|
msgid "The data from the other record will be kept as alternate data. Specifically, all names from the other record will become alternate names of the merged record. Similarly, parents, spouses, and children of the other record will become alternate parents, spouses, and children of the merged record, and so on."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4295(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Fast Merge"
|
|
msgstr "Snel samenvoegen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4298(para)
|
|
msgid "When exactly two people are selected, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fast Merge</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to invoke <guilabel>Merge People</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4306(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge People dialog"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4316(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Merge People dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4322(para)
|
|
msgid "The dialog allows you to quickly merge two records, specifying the record to be used as the source of primary data. The data from the other record will be kept as alternate data. Specifically, all names from the other record will become alternate names of the merged record. Similarly, parents, spouses, and children of the other record will become alternate parents, spouses, and children of the merged record, and so on."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4332(para)
|
|
msgid "If you are not certain whether or not you need to merge the records, or which record to specify as the source of primary data, use <guilabel>Compare and Merge</guilabel> method described above.."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4343(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge Sources"
|
|
msgstr "Samenvoegen Bronnen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4345(para)
|
|
msgid "When exactly two sources are selected, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare and Merge...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to invoke <guilabel>Merge Sources</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4353(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge Sources dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog Samenvoegen Bronnen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4363(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Merge Sources dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4369(para)
|
|
msgid "The dialog allows you to make a decision on whether or not the selected records should be merged. If you decide that the records should not be merged, despite similar titles, you may click <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close the dialog without making any changes. If you decide to proceed with merging, choose the appropriate radio button to specify the title, author, abbreviated title, publication information, and the ID to be used for the merged record, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4380(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge Places"
|
|
msgstr "Samenvoegen locaties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4382(para)
|
|
msgid "When exactly two places are selected, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare and Merge...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to invoke <guilabel>Select title</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4390(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge Places dialog"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4400(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Select title dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4406(para)
|
|
msgid "The dialog allows you to make a decision on whether or not the selected records should be merged. If you decide that the records should not be merged, despite similar titles, you may click <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close the dialog without making any changes. If you decide to proceed with merging, choose the appropriate radio button to specify the title of the merged record, or specify <guilabel>Other</guilabel> and enter new text, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4419(title)
|
|
msgid "Navigation"
|
|
msgstr "Navigatie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4421(para)
|
|
msgid "As long as any database is open, GRAMPS is focused on a single person usually referred to as an Active person. This allows you to view or modify the data concerning this person, his or her immediate family, etc. Navigating in the database (i.e. moving from person to person) is in fact nothing else but changing the Active person. This section describes many alternative ways to navigate through the database using both the complex and the convenient interfaces GRAMPS provides. All these ways eventually accomplish the same thing, but some are more convenient than others, depending what you are doing in GRAMPS at the moment."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4433(title)
|
|
msgid "Using the People View"
|
|
msgstr "Personenscherm gebruiken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4435(para)
|
|
msgid "The most intuitive way to select an active person is to use the People View (see <xref linkend=\"people-view\"/>). When in the People View, just select the name of the desired person from the list by clicking that list entry. The person you have selected becomes active. The statusbar updates to reflect the change of the active person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4444(title)
|
|
msgid "Using the Family View"
|
|
msgstr "Familiescherm gebruiken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4446(para)
|
|
msgid "When in the Family View (see <xref linkend=\"relationships-view\"/>), you can easily navigate between the members of the displayed family as follows:"
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer u zich in het familiescherm bevindt, (zie <xref linkend=\"relationships-view\"/>), kunt u eenvoudig op de volgende manier navigeren tussen de leden van de getoonde familie:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4452(para)
|
|
msgid "To make the currently selected spouse the active person, click the double-arrow button to the right of the active person box. Alternatively, right-click into the spouse box and select <guilabel>Make the selected spouse an active person</guilabel> item from the context menu."
|
|
msgstr "Om de huidige geslecteerde echteno(o)t(e) de actieve persoon te maken, klikt u op de dubbele pijl rechts van het veld van de actieve persoon. Of u kunt rechtsklikken op het veld van de echtgeno(o)t(e) en kies het item van het menu <guilabel>Maak de geselecteerde echtgeno(o)t(e) tot actieve persoon</guilabel>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4460(para)
|
|
msgid "To make the currently selected parents the active family (thereby making father the active person and mother the selected spouse), click the right-arrow button to the right of the active person's parents box. Alternatively, right-click into the active person's parents box and select <guilabel>Make the selected parents the active family</guilabel> item from the context menu."
|
|
msgstr "Om de momenteel gekozen ouders tot een actieve familie te maken (waarbij dan de vader de actieve persoon wordt de moeder de geprefereerde echtgeno(o)t(e), klikt u op de rechterpijl rechts van het ouderveld van de actieve persoon. Of rechtsklikken op het ouderveld van de actieve persoon en kies het item van het menu <guilabel>Maak de geselecteerde ouders tot de actieve familie </guilabel>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4470(para)
|
|
msgid "To make the currently selected spouse's parents the active family (thereby making father the active person and mother the selected spouse), click the right-arrow button to the right of the spouse's parents box. Alternatively, right-click into the spouse's parents box and select <guilabel>Make the selected parents the active family</guilabel> item from the context menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4479(para)
|
|
msgid "To make the currently selected child the active person, click the left-arrow button to the right of the children box. Alternatively, right-click into the children box and select <guilabel>Make the selected child an active person</guilabel> item from the context menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4487(para)
|
|
msgid "In addition to this, GRAMPS provides an extensive set of keyboard navigation options. The detailed reference to the key bindings is found in the <xref linkend=\"append-keybind\"/>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4493(title)
|
|
msgid "Using the Pedigree View"
|
|
msgstr "Stamboomscherm gebruiken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4495(para)
|
|
msgid "The Pedigree View (see <xref linkend=\"pedigree-view\"/>) also allows you to move along the family tree. The benefit of this method is that you can see more than one generation of the family tree. Also, you can jump directly from a great-grandson to a great-grandfather without going through the intermediate generations."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4501(para)
|
|
msgid "Note that after changing the active person in the Pedigree View, the display is re-adjusted to show four generations, starting from the newly selected Active person. When in the Pedigree View, you can easily navigate between the members of the displayed family tree as follows:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4509(para)
|
|
msgid "To make any displayed person the active person, double-click the line that connects to the left side of the corresponding box."
|
|
msgstr "Om een persoon die op het scherm te zien is tot actieve persoon te maken klikt u op de lijn die links uit de rechthoek komt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4515(para)
|
|
msgid "To make a child of the currently active person (if any) the active person, click the left arrow button to the left of the corresponding box. If there is more than one child, the button expands to the menu listing the children to choose from."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4522(para)
|
|
msgid "To move the whole family tree one generation back, click on the corresponding right arrow button on the right-hand side of the display area. Clicking the upper button will move the tree along the paternal line. Clicking the lower button will move the tree along the maternal line."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4528(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking either of these buttons is completely equivalent to double-clicking the lines connecting to the left of the corresponding boxes for father and mother."
|
|
msgstr "Het aanklikken van deze knoppen geeft het zelfde effect als het dubbelklikken op een van de lijnen die zich links bevinden van de \"ouderrechthoeken\"."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4534(para)
|
|
msgid "You can also quickly access any of the spouses, siblings, children, or parents of any displayed person. To do this, move the mouse over the desired person's box and right-click to invoke a context menu. The appropriate menu items will contain submenus listing all spouses, siblings, children, and parents of the corresponding person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4542(title)
|
|
msgid "Advantages of using right-click menus"
|
|
msgstr "Voordelen van het gebruik van rechtsklik-menu's"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4546(para)
|
|
msgid "Direct access to spouse and siblings"
|
|
msgstr "Directe toegang tot echtgeno(o)t(e) en broers en zussen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4550(para)
|
|
msgid "Complete lists of all member of all categories, not only the preferred members."
|
|
msgstr "Geeft een volledige lijst van alle leden van alle categorieën en dus niet enkel de geprefeerde leden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4558(title)
|
|
msgid "Setting the Home Person"
|
|
msgstr "De basispersoon vastleggen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4560(para)
|
|
msgid "One and only one person in the database can be selected as the Home person. Once the Home person is selected, moving to that person becomes a matter of a single click, regardless of which view you are using at the moment."
|
|
msgstr "Eén en slechts één persoon kan vastgelegd worden als de 'basispersoon'. Eens deze persoon vastgelegd is, kunt u snel naar deze persoon navigeren door middel van één enkele klik, ongeacht waar u zich bevindt in de verschillende schermen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4565(para)
|
|
msgid "To set the Home person, first navigate to that person using any method you like. Then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Set Home person</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Once this is done, you can move to the Home person from anywhere in the database by simply clicking the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> icon on the toolbar. You can also choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu or select <guilabel>Home</guilabel> item from any context menu available on the right click."
|
|
msgstr "Gaat u eerst, om de basispersoon vast te leggen,op een willekeurige manier naar deze persoon. Kies dan <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bepaal basispersoon</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Indien u dit gedaan hebt, kunt u va gelijkwaar in het gegevensbestand naar deze persoon gaan door eenvoudig het <guibutton>Basis</guibutton> icoon inde hulpmiddelenbalk aan te klikken. U kunt ook via het menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Ga</guimenu><guimenuitem>Basis</guimenuitem></menuchoice> gaan of van gelijkwelke contextmenu dat beschikbaar is door rechts te klikken en dan <guilabel>Basis</guilabel> te kiezen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4582(title)
|
|
msgid "Using history-based tools"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4584(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS also features a powerful set of history-based navigation tools. These tools are similar to those commonly used in web browsers. They include <guilabel>Back</guilabel> and <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> items available from the <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu></menuchoice> menu, context menus (available in People, Family, and Pedigree views), and the toolbar buttons. They also include the list of the recent selections available under the <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu></menuchoice> menu that allows you to jump directly to any of the recent selections. Finally, right-clicking on the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> and <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar buttons invokes the popup menu with corresponding portion of the history. Select any item from the menu to jump directly to it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4601(title)
|
|
msgid "Bookmarking People"
|
|
msgstr "Personen voorzien van een baldwijzer"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4603(para)
|
|
msgid "Similar to setting the Home person, you can bookmark other people from the database to simplify further navigation. To bookmark a person, first navigate to that person, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To move to that person from anywhere in the database, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guisubmenu>Go to bookmark</guisubmenu><guimenuitem><replaceable>Person's name</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4619(para)
|
|
msgid "You can manage your bookmarks by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This opens the following <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel> dialog with the list of bookmarks and the controls to modify this list."
|
|
msgstr "U kunt uw bladwijzers beheren door het kiezen in de menu van <menuchoice><guimenu>Bladwijzers</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bewerken bladwijzers...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Dit geeft een <guilabel>Bewerken bladwijzers</guilabel> dialoog met een lijst van de bestaande bladwijzers en de mogelijkheden om de lijst aan te passen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4628(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Bookmarks dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog bladwijzers bewerken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4638(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Edit Bookmarks dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog bladwijzers bewerken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4646(title)
|
|
msgid "Finding records"
|
|
msgstr "Gegevens terugvinden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4648(para)
|
|
msgid "To find a record in a database, first switch to the appropriate View that provides the list of the desired records: People, Sources, Places, or Media. Then start typing the name of a person or the title of a Source, Place, or Media object that you are looking for, respectively. You may also press <keycap>Ctrl+F</keycap> to turn on the search mode, but simply staring to type is also enough."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4656(title)
|
|
msgid "Type-ahead find"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4666(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows type-ahead find."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4672(para)
|
|
msgid "As you type, the first record in the list that is compatible with your input will be selected."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4676(title)
|
|
msgid "Finding People"
|
|
msgstr "Personen zoeken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4678(para)
|
|
msgid "For more complex people searches you may want to use filters. Enable filter controls by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filter</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, select the desired filter, and click <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>. For details, see <xref linkend=\"filters\"/>"
|
|
msgstr "Voor meer complexe opzoekmethoden kunt u filters gebruiken. Het aanzetten van de filtercontrole gebeurd door het kiezen in de menu van <menuchoice><guimenu>Scherm</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filter</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, Voor meer details , zie <xref linkend=\"filters\"/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4691(title)
|
|
msgid "Generating Reports"
|
|
msgstr "Verslagen aanmaken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4693(para)
|
|
msgid "Reports are the most common form of the output produced by genealogical research. The majority of genealogical software puts a lot of emphasis on developing nice looking reports. GRAMPS is no exception in this regard, offering a choice of a variety of reports. GRAMPS can generate reports in a multitude of open formats, both text based and graphical. GRAMPS can also produce screen based reports that are convenient for viewing a summary of your database. Finally, GRAMPS can generate a web site suitable for immediate posting on the Internet. All of these are almost infinitely flexible. If you wish to modify or extend the default format of GRAMPS report, you can design and choose the style for each of your reports."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4705(para)
|
|
msgid "All reports can be accessed through the menu by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu><guisubmenu><replaceable>Report Type</replaceable></guisubmenu><guimenuitem><replaceable>Particular Report</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, you can browse the complete selection of available reports along with their brief descriptions in a <guilabel>Report Selection</guilabel> dialog invoked by clicking the <guibutton>Reports</guibutton> icon on the toolbar."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4719(title)
|
|
msgid "Substitution Values"
|
|
msgstr "Vervangwaarde"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4721(para)
|
|
msgid "Many of the graphical reports allow you to customize the information on the display. Variable substitutions are used to substitute date for a particular symbol. There are two styles of variables. The difference between the two styles is how empty data is handled."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4727(para)
|
|
msgid "The first style of variables are preceeded by a '$'. If the variable evaluates to an empty string, the variable is replaced with the empty string. The second style of variables are preceeded by a '%'. If the variable evaluates to an empty string, the line that contains the variable is removed from the output."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4735(term)
|
|
msgid "$n/%n"
|
|
msgstr "$n/%n"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4738(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's name in the form of FirstName LastName"
|
|
msgstr "Toon de persoonsnaam in de vorm van voornaam, achternaam"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4744(term)
|
|
msgid "$N/%N"
|
|
msgstr "$N/%N"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4747(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's name in the form of LastName, FirstName"
|
|
msgstr "Toon de persoonsnaam in de vorm van achternaam, voornaam"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4753(term)
|
|
msgid "$i/%i"
|
|
msgstr "$i/%i"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4756(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the GRAMPS ID associated with the person."
|
|
msgstr "Toont de geassocieerde GRAMPS ID."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4761(term)
|
|
msgid "$b/%b"
|
|
msgstr "$b/%b"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4764(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's date of birth"
|
|
msgstr "Toont de geboortedatum van de persoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4769(term)
|
|
msgid "$B/%B"
|
|
msgstr "$B/%B"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4772(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's place of birth"
|
|
msgstr "Toont de geboorteplaats van een persoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4777(term)
|
|
msgid "$d/%d"
|
|
msgstr "$d/%d"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4780(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's date of death"
|
|
msgstr "Toont de overlijdensdatum van een persoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4785(term)
|
|
msgid "$D/%D"
|
|
msgstr "$D/%D"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4788(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's place of death"
|
|
msgstr "Toont de plaats van overlijden van een persoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4793(term)
|
|
msgid "$s/%s"
|
|
msgstr "$s/%s"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4796(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the name of the person's preferred spouse in the form of FirstName LastName"
|
|
msgstr "Toont de naam van de echtgenoot van de persoon in de vorm van voornaam achternaam"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4802(term)
|
|
msgid "$S/%S"
|
|
msgstr "$S/%S"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4805(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the name of the person's preferred spouse in the form of LastName, FirstName."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4811(term)
|
|
msgid "$m/%m"
|
|
msgstr "$m/%m"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4814(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the marriage date of the person and the preferred spouse."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4820(term)
|
|
msgid "$M/%M"
|
|
msgstr "$M/%M"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4823(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the place assocated with the marriage of the person and the preferred spouse."
|
|
msgstr "Toont de locatie verbonden met het huwelijk van de persoon en zijn voorkeursechtgeno(o)t(e)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4831(title)
|
|
msgid "Books"
|
|
msgstr "Boeken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4833(para)
|
|
msgid "Currently, the only available report under this category is the Book Report."
|
|
msgstr "Momenteel is het enige beschikbare verslag onder deze categorie het boekverslag."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4836(para)
|
|
msgid "The Book Report creates a single document (i.e. a Book) containing a collection of graphical and textual reports. Consequently, this allows for a very rich set of documents that GRAMPS can produce."
|
|
msgstr "Het boekverslag maakt één enkel document aan dat een verzameling van grafische en tekstverslagen bevat. Het gevolg is dat dit toelaat om een zeer verscheiden verzameling van documenten aan te maken via GRAMPS."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4841(para)
|
|
msgid "When Book Report is selected, the following book configuration dialog appears:"
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer boekverslag is gekozen, verschijnt de volgende boekconfiguratiedialoog:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4845(title)
|
|
msgid "Book Report dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Boekverslagdialoog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4855(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Book Report dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont de dialoog voor boekverslag."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4861(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Book name</guilabel> text entry field is used to save the book (a set of configured selections) for future use. The top pane lists the items available for inclusion in the book. The bottom pane lists the currently selected items in the order they will appear in the book."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4867(para)
|
|
msgid "The horizontal set of buttons by the <guilabel>Book name</guilabel> field operates on the whole book. Click the <guibutton>Clear</guibutton> button to clear all items from the current book. Click the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to save the current book (under the name typed in the <guilabel>Book name</guilabel> text entry field) for future use."
|
|
msgstr "De horizontale reeks knoppen naast het <guilabel>Boeknaam</guilabel> veld, gelden voor het complete boek. Om alle elementen van het huidige boek te wissen, klik op de <guibutton>Wis</guibutton> knop. Om het huidige boek (onder de naam ingevuld in het <guilabel>Boeknaam</guilabel> tekstveld) te bewaren, klik op <guibutton>Bewaren</guibutton>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4875(para)
|
|
msgid "Saving the book also saves the configuration for each item."
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer het boek opgeslagen wordt, wordt ook de configuratie van elk element bijgehouden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4879(para)
|
|
msgid "Click the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button to load the book from the list of previously saved books. Finally, click the <guibutton>Edit books</guibutton> button to invoke the editable list of available books."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4884(para)
|
|
msgid "The vertical set of buttons to the right of the bottom pane operates on the selected book item. Click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button to add selected item from the available list to the current book. Click the <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button to remove an item from the current book. Use <guibutton>Up</guibutton> and <guibutton>Down</guibutton> to change the items order in the current book. Click the <guibutton>Setup</guibutton> button to configure the options of the selected item of the current book."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4894(para)
|
|
msgid "The configuration dialogs invoked by <guibutton>Setup</guibutton> are item-specific. If you choose not to configure the item, same defaults will be used for all needed options. The common option for almost all book items is the center person: the person on whom the item is centered. Thanks to this option, you can create a book with items centered on different people (e.g. your mom's and dad's ancestors as separate chapters). By default, the center person is set to the active person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4903(para)
|
|
msgid "Almost all items available for inclusion in the book are textual or graphical reports, and are therefore available in the form of standalone reports. The exception is the following items which are only available as book items:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4910(term)
|
|
msgid "Title Page"
|
|
msgstr "Titelpagina"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4913(para)
|
|
msgid "This item produces a customized Title page. You can configure the text of title, subtitle, and the footer of the page. An image can be optionally placed between the subtitle and the footer. Because of its configurability, this item can be used to create title pages for the whole book, its chapter, or even a single item."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4923(term)
|
|
msgid "Custom Text"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4926(para)
|
|
msgid "This item produces a page with three paragraphs, each containing custom text. The appearance of the text can be adjusted by using custom styles. This item was meant to be used for epigraphs, dedications, explanations, notes, and so forth."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4937(title)
|
|
msgid "Code Generators"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4939(para)
|
|
msgid "This category contains reports that produce files that are meant to be processed by other programs. By themselves, the files will not provide meaningful information; the files must first be processed by another program. The only code generator currently available in GRAMPS is the Relationship Graph producing the GraphViz description of the graph."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4946(para)
|
|
msgid "The Relationship Graph creates a complex relationship graph in GraphViz format. The GraphViz <command>dot</command> tool can transform the graph into postscript, jpeg, png, vrml, svg, and other formats. GraphViz tools are freely available from the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.graphviz.org\">GraphViz site</ulink>. Specific options for this report include filter and number of generations considered, as well as several GraphViz-specific options related to pagination, color, and details of the graph."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4956(para)
|
|
msgid "If you are not interested in GraphViz code itself and just want to generate graphical output, GRAMPS can do it for you under the hood. Look for <guilabel>Relationship Graph</guilabel> in the Graphical Reports category, <xref linkend=\"rep-graph\"/>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4964(title)
|
|
msgid "Graphical Reports"
|
|
msgstr "Grafische verslagen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4966(para)
|
|
msgid "Graphical reports represent information in forms of charts and graphs. Most of the options are common among graphical reports, therefore they will be described only once, at the end of this section. The few options which are specific to a given report will be described directly in that report's entry."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4972(para)
|
|
msgid "The following graphical reports are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4977(term)
|
|
msgid "Ancestor Chart"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4980(para)
|
|
msgid "This report generates the chart of people who are ancestors of the Active person. Specific options include the number of generations considered and the format of the displayed entries."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4988(term)
|
|
msgid "Ancestor Chart (Wall Chart)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4991(para)
|
|
msgid "This report is similar to the Ancestor Chart report. It provides more options which make it useful for generating huge charts suitable for a poster or a wall chart. These options include the ability to compress the report (getting rid of an empty space) and the option to fit the whole chart on to a single page. In the latter case, the contents of the chart is scaled down appropriately."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5002(term)
|
|
msgid "Descendant Graph"
|
|
msgstr "Afstammelingengrafiek"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5005(para)
|
|
msgid "This report generates a graph of people who are descendants of the Active person. Specific options include the format of the displayed entries."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5012(term)
|
|
msgid "Fan Chart"
|
|
msgstr "Waaiergrafiek"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5015(para)
|
|
msgid "This report produces a chart resembling a fan, with Active person in the center, parents the the semicircle next to it, grandparents in the next semicircle, and so on, for a total of five generations."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5023(term)
|
|
msgid "Relationship Graph"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5026(para)
|
|
msgid "This report creates a complex relationship graph in GraphViz format and then converts into graphical output running it through the the GraphViz <command>dot</command> tool behind the scene. Specific options for this report include filter, options for dates and places for the events, and whether to include URLs and IDs for individuals and families. There are also several GraphViz-specific options related to pagination, color, and details of the graph."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5038(term)
|
|
msgid "Statistics Chart"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5041(para)
|
|
msgid "This report can collect and display a wealth of statistical data about your database. Specific options include filter, sorting methods, and additional birth- and gender-based limit for inclusion into statistics. You can also set the minimum number of items to qualify for the bar chart, so that the charts with fewer items will generate a pie chart instead. The <guilabel>Chart Selection</guilabel> tab allows you to check which charts you want to include in your report."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5053(term)
|
|
msgid "Timeline Graph"
|
|
msgstr "Tijdslijngrafiek"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5056(para)
|
|
msgid "This report outputs the list of people with their lifetimes represented by intervals on a common chronological scale. Specific options include filter, sorting method, and the title of the report."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5064(para)
|
|
msgid "Common options for graphical reports are the filename of the output, the format of the output, selected style, page size and orientation. Optionally, the reports can be immediately opened with the default application."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5070(para) C/gramps.xml:5221(para)
|
|
msgid "The options used in reports are persistent: each report remembers its options used last time."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5076(title)
|
|
msgid "Text Reports"
|
|
msgstr "Tekstverslagen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5078(para)
|
|
msgid "Text reports represent the desired information as formatted text. Most of the options are common among text reports, therefore they will be described only once, at the end of this section. The options which are specific to a given report will be described directly in that report's entry."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5084(para)
|
|
msgid "The following text reports are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr "De volgende tekstverslagen zijn momenteel beschikbaar in GRAMPS:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5089(term)
|
|
msgid "Ahnentafel Report"
|
|
msgstr "Ahnentafel-verslag"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5092(para)
|
|
msgid "This report lists the active person and his or her ancestors along with their vital data. The people are numbered in a special way which is an established standard called Ahnentafel. The active person is given number 1. His or her father and mother have numbers 2 and 3, respectively. This rule holds for every person while going back in generations: father's parents are numbered 4 and 5, and mother's parents are numbered 6 and 7, fathers always numbered with even and mothers with odd numbers. Therefore, for any person having number N in this tree, the numbers of father and mother are 2N and 2N+1, respectively."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5107(term)
|
|
msgid "Complete Individual Report"
|
|
msgstr "Volledig individueel verslag"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5110(para)
|
|
msgid "This report provides individual summaries similar to that of the Individual Summary report. The advantage of this report is the specific filter option. Depending on the filter choice (active person only, his or her descendants, his or her ancestors, or entire database), the report may contain from one to many individual summaries. Another option for this report is the inclusion of source information when listing events."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5121(term)
|
|
msgid "Comprehensive Ancestors Report"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5124(para)
|
|
msgid "This report produces a comprehensive description of ancestors of the active person. The highlights of this report include elaborate layout, images of children, present and former spouses, and source citations. Specific options: number of backward generations to consider, whether to cite sources, and whether to break pages between generations."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5134(term)
|
|
msgid "Descendant Report"
|
|
msgstr "Afstammelingenverslag"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5137(para)
|
|
msgid "This report produces a brief description of descendants of the active person. Specific options: number of forward generations to consider."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5144(term)
|
|
msgid "Detailed Ancestral Report"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5147(para)
|
|
msgid "This report covers in detail the ancestors of the active person. It includes vital data (birth and death) as well as marriages. Specific options: number of backward generations to consider, as well as a variety of options regarding the exact contents to include."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5156(term)
|
|
msgid "Detailed Descendant Report"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5159(para)
|
|
msgid "This report covers in detail the descendants of the active person. It includes vital (birth and death) information as well as marriages. Specific options: number of forward generations to consider."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5167(term)
|
|
msgid "FTM Style Ancestral Report"
|
|
msgstr "FTM vooroudersverslag"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5170(para)
|
|
msgid "This report creates an ancestral report similar to that produced by the Family Tree Maker (tm) program. It covers in detail the active person and his/her ancestors It includes vital information as well as marriages, children, and notes. Specific options: number of backward generations to consider."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5179(term)
|
|
msgid "FTM Style Descendant Report"
|
|
msgstr "FTM afstammelingenverslag"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5182(para)
|
|
msgid "This report creates a descendant report similar to that produced by the Family Tree Maker (tm) program. It covers in detail the active person and his/her descendants. It includes vital information as well as marriages, children, and notes. Specific options: number of forward generations to consider."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5192(term)
|
|
msgid "Family Group Report"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5195(para)
|
|
msgid "This creates a family group report, showing information on a set of parents and their children. Specific options: the spouse (available only if the active person has more than one spouse)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5203(term)
|
|
msgid "Individual Summary"
|
|
msgstr "Individuele samenvatting"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5206(para)
|
|
msgid "This report produces a detailed summary on the active person. The report includes all the facts known to the database about that person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5213(para)
|
|
msgid "Common options for text reports are the filename of the output, the format of the output, selected style, page size and orientation. For HTML reports, there is no page information. Instead, HTML options include the choice of the HTML template, either available in GRAMPS or a custom template defined by you. Optionally, the reports can be immediately opened with the default application."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5227(title)
|
|
msgid "View Reports"
|
|
msgstr "Schermverslagen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5229(para)
|
|
msgid "View reports are representing overall summaries of the database information available immediately for on-screen viewing. The following view reports are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr "Schermverslagen zijn algemene samenvattingen van het gegevensbestand die direct op het scherm getoond worden. De volgende schermverslagen zijn momenteel beschikbar in GRAMPS:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5235(term)
|
|
msgid "Number of ancestors"
|
|
msgstr "Aantal voorouders"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5238(para)
|
|
msgid "This report displays the number of ancestors of the active person."
|
|
msgstr "Dit verslag toont het aantal voorouders van de actieve persoon."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5244(term)
|
|
msgid "Summary of the database"
|
|
msgstr "Samenvatting van het gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5247(para)
|
|
msgid "This report displays the overall statistics concerning number of individuals of each gender, various incomplete entries statistics, as well as family and media statistics."
|
|
msgstr "Dit verslag toont algemene statistieken zoals : aantal individuen per geslacht, verscheidene niet volledige elementen en familie en media statistieken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5256(title)
|
|
msgid "Web Page"
|
|
msgstr "Web Pagina"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5258(para)
|
|
msgid "The only available report in this category is the Narrative Web Site report. It generates a web site (that is, a set of linked web pages), for a set of selected individuals."
|
|
msgstr "Het enige beschikbare rapport in deze categorie is \"Verhalend Web-pagina\" rapport. Dit rapport genereert een web-site (= een aantal gelinkte web-pagina's), voor een aantal personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5263(title)
|
|
msgid "Narrative Web Site"
|
|
msgstr "Verhalende Web-site"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5267(term)
|
|
msgid "Introduction"
|
|
msgstr "Inleiding"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5270(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS 2.0.6 introduced the Narrative Web generator. The new tool provides considerably more functionality than the older web generator. Instead of using HTML templates to customize the pages, CSS style sheets are used."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS 2.0.6 introduceerde de verhalende Web-generator. Het nieuwe hulpmiddel geeft veel meer functionaliteit dan de oude web-generator. I.p.v. HTML-sjablonen te gebruiken om de eigen pagina's aan te maken, worden nu CSS-stijlbladen gebruikt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5275(para)
|
|
msgid "More information is now displayed about each person, along with information about sources, places, and media objects. Introduction pages can be added to provide additional information, such as family history."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5283(term)
|
|
msgid "Selecting the output"
|
|
msgstr "De uitvoer selecteren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5286(para)
|
|
msgid "Genealogy records can generate a lot of files. Many web servers have a difficult time with many files in a single directory. The Narrative Web Generator strives to keep the number of files per directory to a managable level. To do this, a hierarchy of directores is created. The generated files names are not intuitive, but are unique per person. Subsequent runs will geneate identical file names, making it easy to replace files."
|
|
msgstr "Genealogische gegevens kunnen een hele reeks bestanden aanmaken. Vele web-servers heebn problemen wanneer er zich vele bestanden in één map bevinden. De generator tracht daarom het aantal bestanden per map te beperken tot een beheersbaar nivo. Om dit mogelijk te maken wordt een hierarche van mappen aangemaakt. De aangemaakte bestandsnamen zijn niet intuitief, maar uniek per persoon. Wanneer de web-generator opnieuw wordt gelopen zullen identieke besanden worden aangemaakt. Dit maakt het eenvoudig om bepaalde bestanden te vervangen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5295(para)
|
|
msgid "By default, the output files are written to the specified directory. Because of the number of files and directories that are created, it may be difficult to transfer the files to an external web host. To aid in this, you may directly create a gezipt tar file to more easily upload the data. This is the format that should be used if you would like to take advantage of the free genealogy page hosting at the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://family.gramps-project.org\">GRAMPS web hosting site</ulink>."
|
|
msgstr "Standaard worden de uitvoerbestanden naar een bepaalde map geschreven. Omdat er zo veel bestanden worden aangemaakt, is is vaak moeilijk om alle deze bestanden te verplaatsen naar een externe web-host. Als hulp, kunt u een gzip'd tar bestand aanmaken. Dit om de gegevens eenvoudiger te uploaden. Dit formaat moet u ook gebruiken indien u gebruik wilt maken van de gratische web-hosting op <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://family.gramps-project.org\">GRAMPS web hosting site</ulink>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5306(para)
|
|
msgid "To select the gzip'd tar file, select the <guilabel>Store web pages in .tar.gz archive</guilabel> option."
|
|
msgstr "Om een gezipt tar bestand te kiezen, selecteer de optie <guilabel>Web pagina's in .tar.gz archief opslaan</guilabel>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5313(term)
|
|
msgid "Applying a filter"
|
|
msgstr "Een filter gebruiken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5316(para)
|
|
msgid "Like the previous web page generator, and most of the other GRAMPS reports, you can control what is included in the output by choosing a filter. Several default filters are provided for you, but you are free to use the Custom Filter Editor tool to create your own."
|
|
msgstr "Zoals ook voorzien in de vorige web-generator en de meeste andere verslagen, kunt u wat in de uitvoer begrepen is, controleren door een filter te gebruiken. Verscheidene standaard filters worden aangeboden, maar het staat u vrij om een eigen filter aan te maken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5322(para)
|
|
msgid "Any person matching this filter who is not excluded due to the privacy rules, will be included in the output. The default filter includes all people in the database."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5329(term)
|
|
msgid "Applying a style sheet"
|
|
msgstr "Een stijlblad gebruiken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5332(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS provides six built in style sheets for your web page. Each of these style sheets produces a unique look for your pages. The generated style sheet is named <filename>narrative.css</filename>. You may edit this file if you wish to further customize your site."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS bevat zes veschillende ingebouwde stijlbladen voor uw web-pagina's. Elk van deze stijlen geeft een unieke \"look\" aan uw site. Het aangemaakte bestand draagt de naam <filename>narrative.css</filename>. U kunt dit bestand naar believen aanpassen indien u uw pagina's verder wilt veranderen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5338(para)
|
|
msgid "If you make modifications to your style sheet, you need to be aware the regenerating the pages with the same output directory will overwrite your changes to this file. To prevent this from happening, make sure you choose <guilabel>No style sheet</guilabel> for subsequent runs."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5347(term)
|
|
msgid "Character set encoding"
|
|
msgstr "Karakter set encoding"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5350(para)
|
|
msgid "Because of GRAMPS internationalization ability, the default character set for the HTML pages is UTF-8. This provides support for virtually all characters."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5354(para)
|
|
msgid "The Apache web server is sometimes misconfigured to override the character set specified in an HTML page. This causes problems with the UTF-8 character set generated by GRAMPS, distorting characters on the screen."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5359(para)
|
|
msgid "If your web server is misconfigured and you do not have priveledge to fix the configururation, you may solve this problem by overriding the default character set to match what your web server may be expecting."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5367(term)
|
|
msgid "Copyright notice"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5370(para)
|
|
msgid "International copyright law reserves all rights to your data. You own the data, and people must get your permission to use it. In genealogy, however, sharing data is a common ideal. It this case, you may wish to grant the user more rights."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5376(para)
|
|
msgid "While the default for GRAMPS is to place a notice indicating that all rights are reserved, we give you the option to place your site under one of several of the Create Commons licenses. With a Creative Commons license, you grant user's certain permission to use your data without requiring them to contact you directly for permission."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5383(para)
|
|
msgid "See the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://creativecommons.org/\">Creative Commons</ulink> web site for more information."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5390(term)
|
|
msgid "Controlling page generation"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5393(para)
|
|
msgid "Three additional pages can be generated by the web page generator. The Home page is a page that will display an image and a whatever text you wish. To enable this page, choose a Media Object from the <guilabel>Home Media/Note ID</guilabel> menu on the <guilabel>Page Generation</guilabel> tab. If the Media Object contains an image, the image is displayed at the top of the page. If the Media Object contains a Note, the Note's text is used for the text of the page. A second page, the Introduction page, works similarly. Just choose the Media Object in the <guilabel>Introduction Media/Note ID</guilabel> menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5405(para)
|
|
msgid "If you choose to include a contact page, the researcher information stored in the database is displayed, along with the information specified in the <guilabel>Publisher contact/Note ID</guilabel> menu. Please use this page with caution, since you may consider your contact information to be private."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5415(term)
|
|
msgid "Privacy"
|
|
msgstr "Privacy"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5418(para)
|
|
msgid "Privacy of personal information is an important issue on the web today. GRAMPS tries to give you control over the information that is presented."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5422(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS provides two options to control the privacy of your information. If you select the <guilabel>Do not include records marked private</guilabel> option, any data that is marked as private will not be displayed on the generated site. If you select <guilabel>Restrict information on living people</guilabel>, GRAMPS will attempt to determine which people have the potential of still being alive, and will omit these people from the database. Some countries have laws that indicate that a certain number of years must pass after someone's death before information can be published. The <guilabel>Years to restrict from person's death</guilabel> option allows you to specifiy how many years a person must be deceased before the information is included."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5436(para)
|
|
msgid "Please note that it is your responsibility to double check all information in the pages for any privacy information. GRAMPS cannot be held responsible for any privacy issues."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5444(term)
|
|
msgid "Adding custom code your pages"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5447(para)
|
|
msgid "If you are not interested in customizing your pages, you may skip the section."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5450(para)
|
|
msgid "The previous web generator allowed you to customize your pages using HTML templates. Your data would be substituted for certain markers in the code."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5454(para)
|
|
msgid "This method proved to be too cumbersome for most users. The Narrative Web Page Generator introduces a simpler mechanism. On the <guilabel>Page Generation</guilabel> tab, you may specify text (including HTML code) that will be inserted into each page, separately for the header and the footer."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5461(para)
|
|
msgid "To create this code, you need to create a Media Object marked as an internal note. To create this, add a new Media Object in the Media View, and select the internal note option. You may then enter your HTML code."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5466(para)
|
|
msgid "To insert the code from the internal notes into the web pages, select the appropriate Media Objects from the <guilabel>HTML user header</guilabel> and <guilabel>HTML user footer</guilabel> menus. Two div sections will be added to the pages - userheader and userfooter. The corresponding HTML code is inserted into the HTML page surrounded by div markers. You can customize your style sheet to provide additional formatting and positioning information to control these sections."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5483(title)
|
|
msgid "Running Tools"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5485(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS tools allow you to perform various types of analysis of your genealogical data. Typically, the tools do not produce output in form of printouts or files. Instead, they produce screen output immediately available for the researcher. However, when appropriate, you can save the results of running a tool into a file. Tools present one of the major strengths of GRAMPS compared to the most genealogical software."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5493(para)
|
|
msgid "The tools can be accessed through the menu by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guisubmenu><replaceable>Tool Section</replaceable></guisubmenu><guimenuitem><replaceable>Particular Tool</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, you can browse the complete selection of available tools along with their brief descriptions in a <guilabel>Tool Selection</guilabel> dialog invoked by clicking the <guibutton>Tools</guibutton> icon on the toolbar."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5506(title)
|
|
msgid "Analysis and Exploration"
|
|
msgstr "Analyse en onderzoek"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5508(para)
|
|
msgid "This section contains tools which analyze and explore the database, but do not alter it. The following analysis and exploration tools are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5514(term)
|
|
msgid "Compare individual events"
|
|
msgstr "Individuele gebeurtenissen vergelijken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5517(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool compares events across the selected group of people. The people for this comparison are chosen with the use of custom filters. The custom filters can be created in the Custom Filter Editor (see <xref linkend=\"tools-util-cfe\"/>) that can be invoked by clicking the <guilabel>Custom Filter Editor</guilabel> button. The resulting table produced by this tool can be saved as a spreadsheet."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5528(term)
|
|
msgid "Interactive descendant browser"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5531(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool builds a tree with the active person being the root. Children branch from their parents in the usual manner. Use this tool for a quick glance of a person's descendants."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5537(para)
|
|
msgid "Double-clicking on tree node will bring up the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog allowing to view or modify the personal data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5547(title)
|
|
msgid "Database Processing"
|
|
msgstr "Gegevensbestand wordt verwerkt"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5549(para)
|
|
msgid "This section contains tools which may modify your database. The tools from this section are used mostly for finding and correcting errors in the data. The following database processing tools are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5555(para)
|
|
msgid "The modifications will only be performed upon your explicit consent, except for the automatic fixes performed by <guilabel>Check and repair database</guilabel> tool."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5562(term)
|
|
msgid "Check and repair database"
|
|
msgstr "Controleren en herstellen gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5565(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool checks the database for integrity problems, fixing the problems it can. Specifically, the tool is checking for:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5571(para)
|
|
msgid "Broken family links. These are the cases when a person's record refers to a family while the family's record does not refer to that person, and vice versa."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5577(para)
|
|
msgid "Missing media objects. The missing media object is the object whose file is referenced in the database but does not exist. This can happen when the file is accidentally deleted, renamed, or moved to another location."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5584(para)
|
|
msgid "Empty families. These are the family entries which have no reference to any person as their member."
|
|
msgstr "Lege Families. Dit zijn familie gegevens die geen enkele referentie hebben naar iemand."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5589(para)
|
|
msgid "Parent relationship. This checks all families to ensure that father and mother are not mixed up. The check is also made that parents have different gender. If they have common gender then their relationship is renamed to \"Partners\"."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5600(term)
|
|
msgid "Extract information from names"
|
|
msgstr "Informatie uit namen halen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5603(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool searches the entire database and attempts to extract titles and nicknames that may be embedded in a person's <guilabel>Given name</guilabel> field. If any information could be extracted, the candidates for fixing will be presented in the table. You may then decide which to repair as suggested and which not to."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5613(term)
|
|
msgid "Find possible duplicate people"
|
|
msgstr "Vind mogelijke persoonsduplikaten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5616(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool searches the entire database, looking for the entries that may represent the same person."
|
|
msgstr "Dit hulpmiddel doorzoekt het volledige gegevensbestand en kijkt naar gegevens die mogelijk eenzelfde persoon voorstellen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5622(term)
|
|
msgid "Fix capitalization of family names"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5625(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool searches the entire database and attempts to fix the capitalization of family names. The aim is to have conventional capitalization: capital first letter and lower case for the rest of the family name. If deviations from this rule are detected, the candidates for fixing will be presented in the table. You may then decide which to repair as suggested and which not to."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5636(term)
|
|
msgid "Rename personal event types"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5639(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool allows all the events of a certain name to be renamed to a new name."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5645(term)
|
|
msgid "Reorder GRAMPS IDs"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS ID's herschikken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5648(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool reorders the GRAMPS IDs according to the defaults of GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5656(title)
|
|
msgid "Utilities"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5658(para)
|
|
msgid "This section contains tools allowing you to perform a simple operation on a portion of data. The results can be saved in your database, but they will not modify your existing data. The following utilities are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5664(title)
|
|
msgid "Custom Filter Editor"
|
|
msgstr "Eigen filters aanpassen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5666(para)
|
|
msgid "The Custom Filter Editor builds custom filters that can be used to select people included in reports, exports, and other tools and utilities. This is in fact a very powerful tool in genealogical analysis."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5671(para)
|
|
msgid "When you launch it, the <guilabel>User defined filters</guilabel> dialog appears that lists all the filters (if any) previously defined by you. Click the <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> button to define a new filter. Once you have designed your filters, you can edit, test, and delete selected filters using the <guibutton>Edit...</guibutton>, <guibutton>Test...</guibutton>, and <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> buttons, respectively. All the filters displayed in the list will be automatically saved along with your database and will be available with subsequent sessions of GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5683(para)
|
|
msgid "The changes made to the filters only take effect when you click the <guibutton>Apply and close</guibutton> button."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5687(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking the <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> button invokes the following <guilabel>Define filter</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5691(title)
|
|
msgid "Define filter dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog filter opstellen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5701(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Define filter dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog filter opstellen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5707(para)
|
|
msgid "Type the name for your new filter into the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. Enter any comment that would help you identify this filter in the future into the <guilabel>Comment</guilabel> field. Add as many rules to the <guilabel>Rule list</guilabel> as you would like to your filter using <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> button. If the filter has more than one rule, select one of the <guilabel>Rule operations</guilabel>. This allows you to choose whether all rules must apply, only one (either) rule must apply, or exactly one (either) rule must apply, in order for the filter to generate a match. If your filter has only one rule, this selection has no effect."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5720(para)
|
|
msgid "Check <guilabel>Return values that do not match the filter rules</guilabel> to invert the filter rule. For example, inverting \"has a common ancestor with I1\" rule will match everyone who does not have a common ancestor with that person)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5725(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking the <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> button invokes the following <guilabel>Add Rule</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr "Klikken op de <guibutton>Toevoegen...</guibutton> knop toont de volgende <guilabel>Regel toevoegen </guilabel> dialoog:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5729(title)
|
|
msgid "Add Rule dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialoog regel toevoegen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5739(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Add Rule dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toont dialoog regel toevoegen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5745(para)
|
|
msgid "The pane on the left-hand side displays available filter rules arranged by their categories in an expandable tree. For detailed filter rule reference, see <xref linkend=\"append-filtref\"/>. Click on the arrows to fold/unfold the appropriate category. Select the rule from the tree by clicking on its name. The right-hand side displays the name, the description, and the values for the currently selected rule. Once you are satisfied with your rule selection and its values, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to add this rule to the rule list of the currently edited filter. Clicking <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> will abort adding the rule to the filter."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5758(para)
|
|
msgid "A filter you have already designed may be used as a rule for another filter. This gives you nearly infinite flexibility in custom-tailoring your selection criteria that can be later used in most of the exports, reports, and some of the tools (such as comparing individual events)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5767(title)
|
|
msgid "Scratch Pad"
|
|
msgstr "Kladblok"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5769(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool provides a temporary note pad to store database records for easy reuse. In short, this is a sort of the copy-and-paste functionality extended from textual objects to other types of records used in GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5775(para)
|
|
msgid "Scratch Pad makes extensive use of drag-and-drop technique."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5779(para)
|
|
msgid "To invoke Scratch Pad, either choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Scratch Pad</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or click the <guilabel>ScratchPad</guilabel> button on the toolbar. The following window will appear:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5789(title)
|
|
msgid "Scratch Pad tool"
|
|
msgstr "Kladblokgereedschap"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5799(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Add Scratch Pad tool."
|
|
msgstr "Toont gereedschap toevoegen aan kladblok."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5805(para)
|
|
msgid "Scratch Pad supports addresses, attributes (both personal and family), events (both personal and family), names, media objects references, source references, URLs, and of course textual information of notes and comments. To store any type of these records, simply drag the existing record on to the Scratch Pad from the corresponding editor dialog. To reuse the record, drag it from the Scratch Pad on to the corresponding place in the editor, e.g. Address tab, Attribute tab, etc."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5815(para)
|
|
msgid "Some objects are showing the link icon on the left. This indicates that dragging such selection will produce a reference to an existing object, not copy the object itself."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5819(para)
|
|
msgid "For example, the media object file will not be duplicated. Instead, the reference will be made to an existing media object, which will result in the local gallery entry."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5825(para)
|
|
msgid "Scratch Pad storage is persistent within a single GRAMPS session. Closing the window will not lose the stored records. However, exiting GRAMPS will."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5832(title)
|
|
msgid "Other tools"
|
|
msgstr "Andere hulpmiddelen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5836(term)
|
|
msgid "Generate SoundEx codes"
|
|
msgstr "Genereer SoundEx codes"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5839(para)
|
|
msgid "This utility generates SoundEx codes for the names of people in the database. Please visit the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.archives.gov/research_room/genealogy/census/soundex.html\">NARA Soundex Indexing page</ulink> to learn more about Soundex Indexing System."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5848(term)
|
|
msgid "Relationship calculator"
|
|
msgstr "Berekenen van relaties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5851(para)
|
|
msgid "This utility calculates and displays the relationship of any person to the active person."
|
|
msgstr "Dit hulpgereedschap berekent en toont de verwantschap van gelijk welke persoon tot de actieve persoon."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5857(term)
|
|
msgid "Verify the database"
|
|
msgstr "Het gegevensbestand nakijken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5860(para)
|
|
msgid "This utility allows you to verify the database based on the set of criteria specified by you."
|
|
msgstr "Dit hulpgereedschap laat u toe om het gegevensbestand te controleren op basis van een aantal criteria door u opgegeven."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5864(title)
|
|
msgid "Difference between Verify tool and previously described Check tool"
|
|
msgstr "Het verschil tussen het Controlegereedschap en het zojuist beschreven gereedschap"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5867(para)
|
|
msgid "The Check tool detects inconsistencies in the database structure. The Verify tool, however, is detecting the records that do not satisfy your particular criteria."
|
|
msgstr "Het controlegereedschap zal onvolmaaktheden in het gegevensbestand opsporen. Nakijken van het gegevensbestand zal die gegevens zoeken die niet voldoen aan de door u opgegeven criteria."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5872(para)
|
|
msgid "For example, you may want to make sure that nobody in your database had children at the age of 98. Based on common sense, such a record would indicate an error. However, it is not a consistency error in the database. Besides, someone might have a child at the age of 98 (although this rarely happens). The Verify tool will display everything that violates your criteria so that you can check whether the record is erroneous or not. The ultimate decision is yours."
|
|
msgstr "Bijvoorbeeld, u wilt zeker stellen dat niemand in het gegevensbestand kinderen krijgt op 98-jarige leeftijd. Gebaseerd op gezond verstand zou zo een gegeven duidelijk een fout bevatten. Maar het is geen onvolmaaktheid in de struktuur van het gegevensbestand. Het gereedschap \"nakijken\" zal alles tonen dat in tegenspraak is met de criteria zodat u kunt controleren of de gegevens fout zijn of niet. De uiteindelijke beslissing ligt bij u."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5890(title)
|
|
msgid "Settings"
|
|
msgstr "Instellingen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5893(title)
|
|
msgid "Preferences"
|
|
msgstr "Voorkeuren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5895(para)
|
|
msgid "Most of the settings in GRAMPS, are configured in the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. To invoke it, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr "De meeste instellingen in GRAMPS, worden vastgelegd met de <guilabel>Voorkeuren</guilabel> dialoog. Om deze dialoog op te roepen: kies <menuchoice><guimenu>Aanpassen</guimenu><guimenuitem>Voorkeuren...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5904(title)
|
|
msgid "Preferences dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Voorkeurendialoog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5913(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Preferences dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Toon voorkeurendialoog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5919(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs on the top display the available option categories."
|
|
msgstr "De tabbladen bovenaan het bovenste venster tonen de beschikbare opties."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5925(para)
|
|
msgid "This category contains preferences relevant to the general operation of the program. Options are:"
|
|
msgstr "Deze categorie bevat voorkeuren die van toepassing zijn op het volledige programma. Opties zijn:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5930(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Automatically load last database"
|
|
msgstr "Laad automatisch het laatste gegevensbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5934(para)
|
|
msgid "Check this box to automatically load the last open database on startup."
|
|
msgstr "Klik aan om automatisch het laatst geopende gegevensbestand opnieuw te openen bij opstart."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5940(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Add default source on import"
|
|
msgstr "Voeg standaard bron toe bij importeren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5943(para)
|
|
msgid "This option affects the importing of data. If this is set, each item that is imported will contain a source reference to the imported file."
|
|
msgstr "Deze optie beïnvloedt het importeren van gegevens. Wanneer dit actief staat, zal elke geïmporteerd item, een bronreferentie bevatten naar het geïmporteerd bestand."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5948(para)
|
|
msgid "Adding a default source can significantly slow down the importing your data."
|
|
msgstr "Het toevoegen van een standaard bron kan de tijd nodig om de gegevens te importeren gevoelig verhogen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5955(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Enable spelling checker"
|
|
msgstr "Activeert de spellingscontrole "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5958(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the enabling and disabling of the spelling checker for notes. The gtkspell package must be loaded for this to have an effect."
|
|
msgstr "Deze optie controleert of de spellingscontrole van de opmerkingen, al of niet actief is. Het pakket \"gtkspell\" moet wel eerst geladen zijn voor de spellingscontrole kan werken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5965(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Display Tip of the Day"
|
|
msgstr "Toon tip van de dag"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5968(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the enabling and disabling of the Tip of the Day dialog at startup."
|
|
msgstr "Deze optie stuurt het al of niet tonen van de dagtip bij het opstarten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5974(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Use shading in Relationship View"
|
|
msgstr "Gebruik van schaduwen bij het relatiescherm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5977(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the enabling and disabling of shading in the Relationship View. If enabled, information will be grouped together in regions with a shaded background."
|
|
msgstr "Deze optie regelt of er al of niet een schaduw getoont wordt in het relatiescherm. Indien actief, zal informatie gegroepeerd worden in gebieden met een schaduwachtergrond."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5985(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Enable database transactions"
|
|
msgstr "Laat gegevensbestandtransacties toe"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5988(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the enabling and disabling of transactions during database operations."
|
|
msgstr "Deze optie stuurt het al of niet toelaten van transacties gedurende gegevensbestandoperaties."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5994(para)
|
|
msgid "Care must be taken with selecting this option. By default, transactions are enabled. This improves database performance and protects database integrity. However, if your system is using a version of the Python language prior to version 2.5, your database will not be portable to other machines, and if you want to transfer your data to another machine, you will need to export using the GRAMPS XML format. Disabling this option will allow databases to be portable, but at a risk of database integrity problems."
|
|
msgstr "Let op bij het kiezen van deze optie. Standaard worden transacties toegelaten. Dit verbeterd de snelheid van uitvoeren en beveiligd de integriteit van het gegevensbestand. Indien uw systeem een lagere versie dan 2.5 van de Python-taal gebruikt, zal uw gegevensbestand niet overzetbaar zijn naar andere computers. Indien u dit toch wenst te doen, exporteer dan naar het GRAMPS XML-formaat. Uitzetten van deze optie laat toe dat uw gegevensbestand overzetbaar is, maar er blijft een integriteitsrisico."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6011(title)
|
|
msgid "Display"
|
|
msgstr "Beeld"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6013(para)
|
|
msgid "This category contains preferences relevant to the display of data. Options are:"
|
|
msgstr "Deze categorie bevat de voorkeuren ivm. het tonen van gegevens. Opties zijn:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6018(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Date format"
|
|
msgstr "Datumformaat"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6020(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the display of dates. Several different formats are available, which may be dependent on your locale."
|
|
msgstr "Deze optie bepaalt hoe datum getoond worden. Verscheidene verschillende formaten zijn beschikbaar die mogelijk afhangen van de locale taalinstellingen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6027(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Surname Guessing"
|
|
msgstr "Voorstellen voor de achternaam"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6029(para)
|
|
msgid "This option affects the initial family name of a child when he/she is added to the database."
|
|
msgstr "Deze optie bepaalt de initiele familienaam van een kind wanneer dat wordt toegevoegd aan het gegevensbestand."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6035(para)
|
|
msgid "This option only affects the initial family name guessed by GRAMPS when the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog is launched. You can modify that name the way you see fit. Set this option to the value that you will most frequently use, as it will save you a lot of typing."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6044(para)
|
|
msgid "If <guilabel>None</guilabel> is selected, no guessing will be attempted. Selecting <guilabel>Father's surname</guilabel> will use the family name of the father. Selecting <guilabel>Combination of mother's and father's surname</guilabel> will use the father's name followed by the mother's name. Finally, <guilabel>Icelandic style</guilabel> will use the father's given name followed by the \"sson\" suffix (e.g. the son of Edwin will be guessed as Edwinsson)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6057(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Status bar"
|
|
msgstr "Statusbalk"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6059(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the information displayed in the status bar. This can be either the Active Person's name and GRAMPS ID or Active Person's relationship to the Home person."
|
|
msgstr "Deze optie bepaald welke informatie getoond wordt in de statusbalk. Dit kan zijn, ofwel de naam van de actieve persoon en de GRAMPS ID of de relatie van de actieve persoon tot de basispersoon."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6068(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Show text in sidebar buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Toont tekst in de zijbalkknoppen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6070(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls whether or not a text description is displayed next to the icon in the sidebar. This option takes effect after the program has been restarted."
|
|
msgstr "Deze optie controleert of er al dan niet tekst getoond wordt naast de iconen in de zijbalk. Deze optie werkt enkel na herstarten van het programm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6081(title)
|
|
msgid "Name Display"
|
|
msgstr "Tonen van namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6083(para)
|
|
msgid "This category contains preferences relevant to the display of names. Options are:"
|
|
msgstr "Deze categorie regelt hoe namen getoond worden. Opties zijn:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6087(title)
|
|
msgid "ID Formats"
|
|
msgstr "ID-formaten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6089(para)
|
|
msgid "This category contains preferences relevant to the automatic generation of GRAMPS IDs."
|
|
msgstr "Deze categorie bevat de voorkeuren ivm. de automatische aanmaak van GRAMPS ID's."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6093(para)
|
|
msgid "The ID prefixes use formatting conventions common for C, Python, and other programming languages. For example, the %04d expands to an integer, prepended with zeros to have the total width of four digits. If you would like IDs to be 1, 2, 3, etc, simply set the formatting parameter to %d."
|
|
msgstr "De ID-voorvoegsels gebruiken de formaatconventies die gebruikelijk zijn in C, Python en andere programmeertalen. Bijvoorbeeld, het formaat %04d bepaald dat dit cijfer een geheel getal is met een totale lengte van 4 cijfers, eventueel opgevuld met nullen vooraan. Indien u de ID's in de vorm wilt hebben :1, 2, 3..., zet u de formaatoptie op %d."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6102(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Person"
|
|
msgstr "Persoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6105(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Person."
|
|
msgstr "Dit sjabloon bepaalt hoe persoon-ID's worden aangemaakt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6115(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Family."
|
|
msgstr "Dit sjabloon bepaalt hoe familie-ID's worden aangemaakt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6122(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Place"
|
|
msgstr "Locatie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6125(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Place."
|
|
msgstr "Dit sjabloon bepaalt hoe locatie-ID's worden aangemaakt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6132(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Source"
|
|
msgstr "Bron"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6135(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Source."
|
|
msgstr "Dit sjabloon bepaalt hoe bron-ID's worden aangemaakt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6142(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Media Object"
|
|
msgstr "Media Object"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6145(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Media Object."
|
|
msgstr "Dit sjabloon bepaalt hoe media-objecten-ID's worden aangemaakt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6152(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Event"
|
|
msgstr "Gebeurtenis"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6155(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for an Event."
|
|
msgstr "Dit sjabloon bepaalt hoe gebeurtenissen-ID's worden aangemaakt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6162(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Repository"
|
|
msgstr "Bibliotheek"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6165(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Repository."
|
|
msgstr "Dit sjabloon bepaalt hoe bibliotheek-ID's worden aangemaakt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6174(title)
|
|
msgid "Warnings"
|
|
msgstr "Waarschuwingen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6176(para)
|
|
msgid "This category controls the display of warning dialogs, allowing the re-enabling of dialogs that have been disabled."
|
|
msgstr "Deze dialoog controleert hoe waarschuwingsdialogen worden getoond. Hiermee kunt u bepaalde uitgeschakelde dialogen opnieuw instellen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6183(title)
|
|
msgid "Researcher Information"
|
|
msgstr "Onderzoekerinformatie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6184(para)
|
|
msgid "Enter your personal information in the corresponding text entry fields. Although GRAMPS requests information about you, this information is used only so that GRAMPS can create valid GEDCOM output files. A valid GEDCOM file requires information about the file's creator. If you choose, you may leave the information empty, however none of your exported GEDCOM files will be valid."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6194(title)
|
|
msgid "Marker Colors"
|
|
msgstr "Markeerkleuren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6196(para)
|
|
msgid "This category controls the highlight color of items in the Person list when a marker has been set for a person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6202(title)
|
|
msgid "Other settings"
|
|
msgstr "Andere instellingen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6204(para)
|
|
msgid "Besides <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, there are other settings available in GRAMPS. For various reasons they have been made more readily accessible, as listed below."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6213(para)
|
|
msgid "The columns of the list views may be added, removed, or reordered in a <guilabel>Column Editor Dialog</guilabel>, see <xref linkend=\"column-editor-fig\"/>. Only checked columns will be shown in the view. To change their order, drag any column to its desired place inside the editor. Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will reflect the changes in the appropriate view. To invoke <guilabel>Column Editor Dialog</guilabel>, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Column Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6227(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> is available and works in the same way for all list views. Specifically, it is available for People View, Family View (children list). Sources View, Places View, and Media View."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6236(term)
|
|
msgid "Setting Home person"
|
|
msgstr "Bepalen van de basispersoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6239(para)
|
|
msgid "The Home person is the person who becomes active when database opened, when <guibutton>Home</guibutton> button is clicked or the <guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem> menu item is selected from either <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu or the right-click context menu anywhere."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6245(para)
|
|
msgid "To set Home person, make the desired person active and then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Set Home person...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6255(term)
|
|
msgid "Adjusting viewing controls"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6258(para)
|
|
msgid "Whether the toolbar, the sidebar, or the filter (People View only) are displayed in the main window is adjusted through the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6267(title)
|
|
msgid "Advanced manipulation of settings"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6270(para)
|
|
msgid "The contents of this section is outside the scope of interest of a general user of GRAMPS. If you proceed with tweaking the options on the low level you may damage your GRAMPS installation. Be careful. YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED!"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6276(para)
|
|
msgid "By default, GRAMPS stores its settings using gconf2 system. All the settings used in this version of GRAMPS are stored in subdirectories under <filename>/apps/gramps/</filename> in the gconf2 namespace. Accessing the keys can be done either using <command>gconftool-2</command> command line tool, or the <command>gconf-editor</command> GUI tool."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6283(para)
|
|
msgid "All keys are documented, and the notification mechanisms are used as appropriate. Therefore, updating keys from outside of GRAMPS should lead to updating GRAMPS in real time, without necessarily restarting it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6291(title)
|
|
msgid "Frequently Asked Questions"
|
|
msgstr "FAQ : vaak gestelde vragen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6293(para)
|
|
msgid "This appendix contains the list of questions that frequently come up in mailing list discussions and forums. This list is by no means complete. If you would like to add questions/answers to this list, please email your suggestions to <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6301(term)
|
|
msgid "What is GRAMPS?"
|
|
msgstr "Wat is GRAMPS?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6304(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS is the Genealogical Research and Analysis Management Program System. In other words, it is a personal genealogy program letting you store, edit, and research genealogical data using the powers of your computer."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS staat voor \"Genealogical Research and Analysis Management Program System\" dus een genealogisch onderzoeks- en analyse beheersysteem. Met andere woorden het is een volledig persoonlijk genealogisch programma dat u toelaat, om met behulp van een computer, al uw genealogische gegevens op te slaan, te bewerken en te onderzoeken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6312(term)
|
|
msgid "Where do I get it and how much does it cost?"
|
|
msgstr "Waar haal ik het vandaan en hoeveel kost het?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6315(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS can be downloaded from <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://sf.net/projects/gramps\">http://sf.net/projects/gramps</ulink> at no charge. GRAMPS is an Open Source project covered by the GNU General Public License. You have full access to the source code and are allowed to distribute the program and source code freely."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS kan volledig gratis opgeladen worden van deze link <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://sf.net/projects/gramps\">http://sf.net/projects/gramps</ulink>. GRAMPS is een open bronprgramma onder de GNU \"General Public License\". U hebt volledige toegang tot de broncode en u kunt vrijelijk het programma en de broncode verdelen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6324(term)
|
|
msgid "Does it work with Windows (tm)?"
|
|
msgstr "Werkt het met Windows (tm)?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6327(para)
|
|
msgid "No. GRAMPS uses the GTK and GNOME libraries. While the GTK libraries have been ported to Windows, the GNOME libraries have not. This, however, may change in the future."
|
|
msgstr "Nee. GRAMPS maakt gebruik van de GTK en GNOME-bibliotheken. De GTK-bibliotheken zijn overdraagbaar naar Windows; voor de GNOME-bibliotheken is dit nog niet het geval. Dit kan natuurlijk in de toekomst veranderen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6334(term)
|
|
msgid "Does it work with the Mac?"
|
|
msgstr "Werkt het op een Mac ?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6337(para)
|
|
msgid "<ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://fink.sourceforge.net\"> The Fink project</ulink> has ported <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://fink.sourceforge.net/pdb/package.php/gramps\"> some older versions</ulink> of GRAMPS to OSX (tm). The Mac OSX port is not directly supported by the GRAMPS project, primarily because none of the GRAMPS developers have access to Mac OSX and because OSX is not Free Software."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6345(para)
|
|
msgid "This version of GRAMPS (2.2.0) does not appear to have been ported by the Fink project. Please contact the Fink project for more information."
|
|
msgstr "Deze GRAMPS-versie (2.2.0) is blijkbaar niet omzetbaar door het Fink-project. Contacteer daarom het Fink-project voor verdere informatie."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6349(para)
|
|
msgid "Some people have had success using the DarwinPorts instead of the Fink project."
|
|
msgstr "Sommigen hadden succes door gebruik te maken van de \"DarwinPorts\" ipv. het Fink-project."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6355(term)
|
|
msgid "Does it work with KDE?"
|
|
msgstr "Werkt het met KDE?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6358(para)
|
|
msgid "Yes, as long as the required GNOME libraries are installed."
|
|
msgstr "Ja, althans indien de juiste GNOME bibliotheken zijn geïnstalleerd."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6364(term)
|
|
msgid "Do I really have to have GNOME installed?"
|
|
msgstr "Moet GNOME werkelijk geïnstalleerd zijn?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6367(para)
|
|
msgid "Yes, but you do not have to be running the GNOME desktop."
|
|
msgstr "Ja, maar het GNOME bureaublad hoeft niet gestart te zijn."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6373(term)
|
|
msgid "What version of GNOME do I need?"
|
|
msgstr "Welke GNOME-versie heb ik nodig?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6376(para)
|
|
msgid "This version of gramps requires GNOME 2.8.0 or higher. Previous versions in 1.0.x series required GNOME 2.0."
|
|
msgstr "Deze versie van GRAMPS vereist GNOME v2.8.0 of hoger. De vorige versies van de 1.0.x serie vereisen GNOME 2.0."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6382(term)
|
|
msgid "Is GRAMPS compatible with other genealogical software?"
|
|
msgstr "IS GRAMPS verenigbaar met andere genealogische programma's?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6385(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS makes every effort to maintain compatibility with GEDCOM, the general standard of recording genealogical information. We have import and export filters that enable GRAMPS to read and write GEDCOM files."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6390(para)
|
|
msgid "It is important to understand that the GEDCOM standard is poorly implemented -- virtually every genealogical software has its own \"flavor\" of GEDCOM. As we learn about new flavor, the import/export filters can be created very quickly. However, finding out about the unknown flavors requires user feedback. Please feel free to inform us about any GEDCOM flavor not supported by GRAMPS, and we will do our best to support it!"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6401(term)
|
|
msgid "Can GRAMPS read files created by other genealogy programs?"
|
|
msgstr "Kan GRAMPS bestanden aangemaakt door andere genealogische programma's, lezen?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6405(para) C/gramps.xml:6414(para)
|
|
msgid "See above."
|
|
msgstr "Zie boven."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6410(term)
|
|
msgid "Can GRAMPS write files readable by other genealogy programs?"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6419(term)
|
|
msgid "Can GRAMPS print a genealogical tree for my family?"
|
|
msgstr "Kan GRAMPS een stamboom van mijn familie uitdrukken?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6422(para)
|
|
msgid "Yes. Different people have different ideas of what a genealogical tree is. Some think of it as a chart going from the distant ancestor and listing all his/her descendants and their families. Others think it should be a chart going from the person back in time, listing the ancestors and their families. Yet other people think of a table, text report, etc."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6429(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS can produce any of the above, and many more different charts and reports. Moreover, the plugin architecture enables users (you) to create their own plugins which could be new reports, charts, or research tools."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6437(term)
|
|
msgid "In what formats can GRAMPS output its reports?"
|
|
msgstr "In welk formaat geeft GRAMPS uitvoerverslagen weer?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6440(para)
|
|
msgid "Text reports are available in HTML, PDF, AbiWord, KWord, LaTeX, RTF, and OpenOffice formats. Graphical reports (charts and diagrams) are available in PostScript, PDF, SVG, OpenOffice, and GraphViz formats."
|
|
msgstr "Tekstverslagen zijn beschikbaar in HTML, PDF, AbiWord, KWord, LaTeX, RTF, and OpenOffice formaten. Grafische verslagen (diagrammen enz) zijn beschikbaar in PostScript, PDF, SVG, OpenOffice, and GraphViz formaten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6448(term)
|
|
msgid "Is GRAMPS compatible with the Internet?"
|
|
msgstr "Is GRAMPS compatibel met het Internet?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6451(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS can store web addresses and direct your browser to them. It can import data that you download from the Internet. It can export data that you could send over the Internet. GRAMPS is familiar with the standard file formats widely used on the Internet (e.g. JPEG, PNG, and GIF images, MP3, OGG, and WAV sound files, QuickTime, MPEG, and AVI movie files, etc). Other than that, there is little that a genealogical program can do with the Internet."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6463(term)
|
|
msgid "Can I create custom reports/filters/whatever?"
|
|
msgstr "Kan ik eigen verslagen/filters/enz.aanmaken?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6466(para)
|
|
msgid "Yes. There are many levels of customization. One is creating or modifying the templates used for the reports. This gives you some control over the fonts, colors, and some layout of the reports. You can also use GRAMPS controls in the report dialogs to tell what contents should be used for a particular report. In addition to this, you have an ability to create your own filters -- this is useful in selecting people based on criteria set by you. You can combine these filters to create new, more complex filters. Finally, you have an option to create your own plugins. These may be new reports, research tools, import/export filters, etc. This assumes some knowledge of programming in Python."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6481(term)
|
|
msgid "What standards does GRAMPS support?"
|
|
msgstr "Welke standaarden ondersteunt GRAMPS?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6484(para)
|
|
msgid "The nice thing about standards is that there never is a shortage of them. GRAMPS is tested to support the following flavors of GEDCOM: GEDCOM5.5, Brother's Keeper, Family Origins, Family Tree Maker, Ftree, GeneWeb, Legacy, Personal Ancestral File, Pro-Gen, Reunion, and Visual Genealogie."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6493(term)
|
|
msgid "What is the maximum database size (bytes) GRAMPS can handle?"
|
|
msgstr "Wat is de maximale grootte van het gegevensbestand dat GRAMPS aankan (in bytes)?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6497(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS has no hard limits on the size of a database that it can handle. Starting with this release, GRAMPS no longer loads all data into memory, which allows it to work with a much larger database than before. In reality, however, there are practical limits. The main limiting factors are the available memory on the system and the cache size used for BSDDB database access. With common memory sizes these days, GRAMPS should have no problem using databases with tens of thousands of people."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6509(term)
|
|
msgid "How many people can GRAMPS database handle?"
|
|
msgstr "Hoeveel personen kan het GRAMPS-gegevensbestand aan?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6512(para)
|
|
msgid "We have found that on a typical system, GRAMPS tends to bog down after the database has around 150,000 people. Again, this is dependent on how much memory you have."
|
|
msgstr "We ervaarden dat op een typisch systeem een belangrijke tijdsvertraging te merken was indien het gegevensbestand rond de 150.000 personen bevat. Natuurlijk is dit ook afhankelijk van de heoveelheid systeemgeheugen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6519(term)
|
|
msgid "Why is GRAMPS running so slowly?"
|
|
msgstr "Waarom loopt GRAMPS zo traag?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6522(para)
|
|
msgid "It does not anymore! Just try out the current version, 2.2.0."
|
|
msgstr "Nu niet meer! Gebruik de juiste 2.2.0 versie."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6528(term)
|
|
msgid "My database is really big. Is there a way around loading all the data into memory?"
|
|
msgstr "Mijn gegevensbestand is zeer groot. Is er een mogelijkheid om te vermijden dat al deze gegevens in het geheugen geladen moeten worden?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6532(para)
|
|
msgid "Starting with this release, GRAMPS no longer loads all data into memory, which allows it to work with a much larger database than before."
|
|
msgstr "Beginnende vanaf deze versie van GRAMPS, worden niet alle gegevens in het geheugen geladen. Dit laat toe om met een veel groter gegevensbestand te kunnen werken dan voorheen het geval was."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6539(term)
|
|
msgid "I want to rerun the Startup dialog. How do I do this?"
|
|
msgstr "Ik wil de opstartdialoog opnieuw zien. Hoe doe ik dat?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6542(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS keeps a flag in the GNOME configuration database to indicate that the startup dialog has been run. To cause GRAMPS to rerun this, the flag needs to be reset. This can be done with the following command:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6547(command)
|
|
msgid "gconftool-2 -u /apps/gramps/behavior/startup"
|
|
msgstr "gconftool-2 -u /apps/gramps/behavior/startup"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6553(term)
|
|
msgid "Why are non-latin characters displayed as garbage in PDF/PS reports?"
|
|
msgstr "Waarom worden niet-latijnse karakters as rommel getoond in PDF/PS verslagen?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6557(para)
|
|
msgid "This is a limitation of the builtin fonts of PS and PDF formats. To print non-latin text, use the Print... in the format selection menu of the report dialog. This will use the gnome-print backend, which supports PS and PDF creation, as well as direct printing."
|
|
msgstr "Dit is een beperking van de ingebouwde lettertekens van het PS en PDF-formaat. Om niet-latijnse tekst uit te drukken gebruikt u Drukken... in het formaatselectie menu van de verslagdialoog. Op deze wijze wordt de gnome-backend gebruikt, die het aanmaken van PS en PDF ondersteund evenals gewone drukopdrachten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6563(para)
|
|
msgid "If you only have latin text, the PDF option will produce a smalled PDF compared to that created by gnome-print, simply because no font information will be embedded."
|
|
msgstr "Indien u enkel latijnse tekst hebt, zal de PDF-optie een kleiner fomaat leveren vergeleken met \"gnome-print\" omdat geen karakterinformatie meegenomen wordt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6570(term)
|
|
msgid "Why can I not add/remove/edit columns to the lists in People View and Family View?"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6574(para)
|
|
msgid "Now you can! Just try out the current version, 2.2.0."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6579(term)
|
|
msgid "I would like to contribute to GRAMPS by writing my favorite report. How do I do that?"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6583(para)
|
|
msgid "The easiest way to contribute to reports, filters, tools, etc. is to copy an existing GRAMPS report, filter, or tool. If you can create what you want by modifying existing code -- great! If your idea does not fit into the logic of any existing GRAMPS tool, the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://gramps.sourceforge.net/phpwiki/index.php/GrampsDevelopersPage\">following page</ulink> may provide some help in writing your own plugin from scratch."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6592(para)
|
|
msgid "If you need more help or would like to discuss your idea with us, please do not hesitate to contact us at <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6596(para)
|
|
msgid "To test your work in progress, you may save your plugin under <replaceable>$HOME/.gramps/plugins</replaceable> directory and it should be found and imported on startup. The correctly written plugin will register itself with GRAMPS, create menu item, and so on."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6602(para)
|
|
msgid "If you are happy with your plugin and would like to contribute your code back to the GRAMPS project, you are very welcome to do so by contacting us at <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6610(term)
|
|
msgid "I found a bug and I want it fixed right now! What do I do?"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6614(para)
|
|
msgid "The best thing you can do is to fix the bug and send the patch to <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink> :-)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6619(para)
|
|
msgid "A good bug report would include:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6623(para)
|
|
msgid "Version of gramps you were using when you encountered the bug (available through <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Help</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6632(para)
|
|
msgid "Language under which gramps was run (available by executing"
|
|
msgstr "Taal waaronder GRAMPS liep (voer"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6635(command)
|
|
msgid "echo $LANG"
|
|
msgstr "echo $LANG uit"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6637(para)
|
|
msgid "in your terminal)."
|
|
msgstr "in een terminal)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6641(para)
|
|
msgid "Symptoms indicating that this is indeed a bug."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6645(para)
|
|
msgid "Any Traceback messages, error messages, warnings, etc, that showed up in your terminal or a in separate traceback window."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6651(para)
|
|
msgid "Most problems can be fixed quickly provided there is enough information. To ensure this, please follow up on your bug reports. In particular, if you file a bug report with sf.net bug tracker, PLEASE log in to sf.net before filing (register your free account if you don't have one). Then we will have a way of contacting you should we need more information. If you choose to file your report anonymously, at least check every so often whether your report page has something new posted, as it probably would."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6660(para)
|
|
msgid "If the above explanations seem vague, please follow <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/bugs.html\">this link.</ulink>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6668(term)
|
|
msgid "It is obvious that GRAMPS absolutely needs to become a (client-server/web-based/PHP/weblog/Javascript/C++/distributed/KDE/Motif/Tcl/Win32/C#/You-name-it) application. When is this going to happen?"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6673(para)
|
|
msgid "The surest way to see it happen is to get it done by yourself. Since GRAMPS is free/open source, nobody prevents you from taking all of the code and continuing its development in whatever direction you see fit. In doing so, you may consider giving your new project another name to avoid confusion with the continuing GRAMPS development. If you would like the GRAMPS project to provide advice, expertise, filters, etc., we will gladly cooperate with your new project, to ensure compatibility or import/export options to your new format of a project."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6683(para)
|
|
msgid "If, however, you would like the GRAMPS project to to adopt your strategy, you would need to convince GRAMPS developers that your strategy is good for GRAMPS and superior to the present development strategy."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6693(title)
|
|
msgid "Keybindings reference"
|
|
msgstr "Sneltoetsreferentie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6695(para)
|
|
msgid "Most of the standard menu items define equivalent keybindings. These are apparent because they are displayed on the right of the menu item. However, some keybindings are not associated with any items in the menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6700(para)
|
|
msgid "This appendix contains the list of keybindings that are not displayed in menus of GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Deze appendix bevat een lijst van alle sneltoetsen die niet getoond worden in de vezrschillende menu's van GRAMPS."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6704(title)
|
|
msgid "List Views"
|
|
msgstr "Schermen met lijsten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6706(para)
|
|
msgid "The following bindings are available in all list views: People View, Sources View, Places View, and Media View."
|
|
msgstr "De volgende sneltoetsen zijn beschikbaar in alle schermen met lijsten: personenscherm, bronnenscherm, locatiescherm en mediascherm."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6718(para) C/gramps.xml:6757(para) C/gramps.xml:6802(para) C/gramps.xml:6875(para) C/gramps.xml:6944(para)
|
|
msgid "Key"
|
|
msgstr "Toets"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6720(para) C/gramps.xml:6760(para) C/gramps.xml:6805(para) C/gramps.xml:6878(para) C/gramps.xml:6947(para)
|
|
msgid "Function"
|
|
msgstr "Functie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6726(keycap) C/gramps.xml:6766(keycap) C/gramps.xml:6811(keycap) C/gramps.xml:6884(keycap) C/gramps.xml:6953(keycap)
|
|
msgid "Enter"
|
|
msgstr "Invoeren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6728(para)
|
|
msgid "Invoke <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog with the selected person."
|
|
msgstr "De <guilabel>Persoon bewerken</guilabel> dialoog oproepen voor de geselcteerde persoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6737(title)
|
|
msgid "Family View"
|
|
msgstr "Familiescherm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6739(para)
|
|
msgid "The bindings available in the Family View depend on where the focus is. The following tables list the bindings for all focus targets."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6745(term)
|
|
msgid "Focus on the Active Person"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6768(para)
|
|
msgid "Invoke <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog with the active person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6773(para)
|
|
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Down</keycap> or <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Right</keycap>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6777(para)
|
|
msgid "Swap the Active Person and the selected spouse. Use <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Down</keycap> in standard Family View and <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Right</keycap> in alternative Family View."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6790(term)
|
|
msgid "Focus on the Spouse box"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6813(para)
|
|
msgid "Edit relationship between the Active Person and the selected spouse."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6818(para) C/gramps.xml:6961(para)
|
|
msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap>+<keycap>Enter</keycap>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6820(para)
|
|
msgid "Edit the personal information for the selected spouse."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6825(keycap) C/gramps.xml:6893(keycap) C/gramps.xml:6968(keycap)
|
|
msgid "Insert"
|
|
msgstr "Invoegen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6827(para)
|
|
msgid "Add a person from the database to the spouse list."
|
|
msgstr "Voeg een persoon uit het gegevensbestand toe aan de echtgenotenlijst."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6832(para) C/gramps.xml:6900(para) C/gramps.xml:6975(para)
|
|
msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap>+<keycap>Insert</keycap>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6834(para)
|
|
msgid "Add a new person to the database and to the spouse list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6839(keycap) C/gramps.xml:6907(keycap) C/gramps.xml:6982(keycap)
|
|
msgid "Delete"
|
|
msgstr "Verwijderen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6841(para)
|
|
msgid "Delete the selected spouse from the spouse list. The spouse is not deleted from the database."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6847(para)
|
|
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Up</keycap> or <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Left</keycap>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6850(para)
|
|
msgid "Swap the selected spouse and the Active Person. Use <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Up</keycap> in standard Family View and <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Left</keycap> in alternative Family View."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6863(term)
|
|
msgid "Focus on the Parents box"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6886(para)
|
|
msgid "Edit relationship between the parents and their child (either the Active Person or the selected spouse, depending which parents box the focus is in)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6895(para)
|
|
msgid "Add a new set of parents from the database to the list."
|
|
msgstr "Voegt een nieuw stel ouders van het gegevensbestand toe aan de lijst."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6902(para)
|
|
msgid "Add a new set of parents to the database and to the list."
|
|
msgstr "Voegt een nieuw stel ouders toe aan het gegevensbestand en aan de lijst."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6909(para)
|
|
msgid "Delete the selected parents from the list. The parents are not deleted from the database."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6915(para)
|
|
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Right</keycap> or <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Down</keycap>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6919(para)
|
|
msgid "Make the selected parents the active family. Use <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Right</keycap> in standard Family View and <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Down</keycap> in alternative Family View."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6932(term)
|
|
msgid "Focus on the Children box"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6955(para)
|
|
msgid "Edit relationship between the child and his/her parents (the Active Person and the selected spouse)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6963(para)
|
|
msgid "Edit the personal information for the selected child."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6970(para)
|
|
msgid "Add a new person from the database to the children list."
|
|
msgstr "Voegt een nieuwe persoon van het gegevensbestand toe, aan de lijst van de kinderen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6977(para)
|
|
msgid "Add a new person to the database and to the children list."
|
|
msgstr "Voegt een nieuwe persoon toe aan het gegevensbestand en aan de lijst van de kinderen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6984(para)
|
|
msgid "Delete the selected child from the list. The child is not deleted from the database."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6989(para)
|
|
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Left</keycap> or <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Up</keycap>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6993(para)
|
|
msgid "Make the selected child the Active Person. Use <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Left</keycap> in standard Family View and <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>+<keycap>Up</keycap> in alternative Family View."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7009(title)
|
|
msgid "Filter rules reference"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7011(para)
|
|
msgid "This appendix lists of all the filter rules currently defined in GRAMPS. Each of these rules is available for use when creating custom filters, see <xref linkend=\"tools-util-cfe\"/>. The rules are listed by their categories."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7017(title)
|
|
msgid "General filters"
|
|
msgstr "Algemene filters"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7019(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following most general rules:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7023(term)
|
|
msgid "Has complete record"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7026(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all people whose records are marked as complete. Currently, the completeness of personal information is marked manually, in the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7034(term)
|
|
msgid "People with incomplete names"
|
|
msgstr "Personen met onvolledige namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7037(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all people with either given name or family name missing."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7043(term)
|
|
msgid "Is bookmarked person"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7046(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all people who are on the bookmark list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7052(term)
|
|
msgid "Has text matching substring of"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7055(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all people whose records contain specified substring. All textual records are searched. Optionally, the search can be made case sensitive, or a regular expression match."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7063(term)
|
|
msgid "Everyone"
|
|
msgstr "Iedereen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7066(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches any person in the database. As such it is not very useful on its own except for testing purposes. However, it may be useful in combinations with other rules."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7073(term)
|
|
msgid "People probably alive"
|
|
msgstr "Personen die waarschijnlijk nog in leven zijn"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7076(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all people whose records do not indicate their death and who are not unreasonably old, judging by their available birth data and today's date."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7083(term)
|
|
msgid "Has a name"
|
|
msgstr "Heeft als naam"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7086(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches any person whose name matches the specified value in full or in part. For example, Marta Ericsdotter will be matched by the rule using the value \"eric\" for the family name."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7091(para)
|
|
msgid "Separate values can be used for Given name, Family name, Suffix, and the Title. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's name. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7099(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the Id"
|
|
msgstr "Heeft als ID"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7102(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches any person with a specified GRAMPS ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7105(para) C/gramps.xml:7395(para) C/gramps.xml:7476(para)
|
|
msgid "You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select a person from the list by clicking <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7114(term)
|
|
msgid "Is default person"
|
|
msgstr "Is de standaardpersoon"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7117(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches the default (home) person."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel komt overeen met de standaard (basis) persoon."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7122(term)
|
|
msgid "People marked private"
|
|
msgstr "Mensen gemerkt als privaat"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7125(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose records are marked as private."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vindt personen met private gegevens."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7131(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a female"
|
|
msgstr "Is vrouwelijk"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7134(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches any female person."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vindt alle vrouwelijke personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7139(term)
|
|
msgid "People who have images"
|
|
msgstr "Personen die beelden hebben"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7142(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people with images in their galleries."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7148(term)
|
|
msgid "People without a birth date"
|
|
msgstr "Personen met een geboortedatum"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7151(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people missing birth date."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vindt personen zonder geboortedatum."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7156(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a male"
|
|
msgstr "Is mannelijk"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7159(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches any male person."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vind alle mannelijke personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7166(title)
|
|
msgid "Event filters"
|
|
msgstr "Gebeurtenisfilters"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7168(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules that match people based on their recorded events:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7173(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the birth"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7176(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose birth event matches specified values for Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's birth event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone born in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the value \"sw\" for the Place."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7183(para)
|
|
msgid "The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's birth. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7190(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the death"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7193(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose death event matches specified values for Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's death event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who died in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the value \"sw\" for the Place."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7200(para)
|
|
msgid "The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's death. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7207(term)
|
|
msgid "Has source of"
|
|
msgstr "Heeft als bron"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7210(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose records refer to the specified source."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7216(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the personal event"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7219(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people that have a personal event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who graduated in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Graduation event and the value \"sw\" for the Place."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7227(para)
|
|
msgid "The personal events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7235(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the family event"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7238(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people that have a family event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who was married in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Marriage event and the value \"sw\" for the Place."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7246(para)
|
|
msgid "The family events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7254(term)
|
|
msgid "Witness"
|
|
msgstr "Getuige"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7257(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are present as a witness in the event. If the personal or family event type is specified, only the events of this type will be searched."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vindt alle mensen die als getuige aanwezig waren bij een gebeurtenis. Als bovendien 'persoonlijk' of 'familie' als gebeurtenistype opgegeven wordt, zullen enkel die gebeurtenissen gezocht worden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7264(term)
|
|
msgid "People with incomplete events"
|
|
msgstr "Mensen met onvolledige gebeurtenissen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7267(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people missing date or place in any personal event."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vindt mensen waar geen datum of locatie in een persoonlijke gebeurtenis is opgegeven."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7273(term)
|
|
msgid "Families with incomplete events"
|
|
msgstr "Families met onvolledige gebeurtenissen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7276(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people missing date or place in any family event of any of their families."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vindt mensen met ontbrekende datum of locatie in een familiegebeurtenis, in gelijk welk van hun families."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7284(title)
|
|
msgid "Family filters"
|
|
msgstr "Familie filters"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7286(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules that match people based on their family relationships:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7291(term)
|
|
msgid "People with children"
|
|
msgstr "Mensen met kinderen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7294(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people with children."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vindt alle mensen met kinderen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7299(term)
|
|
msgid "People with multiple marriage records"
|
|
msgstr "Mensen met meerdere huwelijksgegevens"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7302(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people with more than one spouse."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vindt personen met méér dan één echtgeno(o)t(e)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7307(term)
|
|
msgid "People with no marriage records"
|
|
msgstr "Mensen zonder huwelijksgegevens"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7310(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people with no spouses."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vindt alle mensen zonder echtgeno(o)t(e)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7315(term)
|
|
msgid "People who were adopted"
|
|
msgstr "Mensen die geadopteerd werden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7318(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches adopted people."
|
|
msgstr "Deze regel vindt alle geadopteerde mensen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7323(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the relationships"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7326(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people with a particular relationship. The relationship must match the type selected from the menu. Optionally, the number of relationships and the number of children can be specified."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7331(para)
|
|
msgid "The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's relationship. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7338(term)
|
|
msgid "Is spouse of filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Is een echtgeno(o)t(e) van diegene die de filter vond"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7341(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people married to someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7348(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a child of filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Is een kind van diegene die de filter vond"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7351(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people for whom either parent is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7358(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a parent of filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Is een ouder van diegene die de filter vond"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7361(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose child is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7368(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a sibling of filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Is een broer of zus van diegene die de filter vond"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7371(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose sibling is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7380(title)
|
|
msgid "Ancestral filters"
|
|
msgstr "Voorouderfilters"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7382(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules that match people based on their ancestral relations to other people:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7387(term)
|
|
msgid "Is an ancestor of"
|
|
msgstr "Is een voorouder van"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7390(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person. The Inclusive option determines whether the specified person should be considered his/her own ancestor (useful for building reports)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7404(term)
|
|
msgid "Is an ancestor of person at least N generations away"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7407(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person and are at least N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match grandparents, great-grandparents, etc., but not the parents of the specified person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7417(term)
|
|
msgid "Is an ancestor of person not more than N generations away"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7421(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person and are no more than N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match parents and grandparents, but not great-grandparents, etc., of the specified person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7430(term)
|
|
msgid "Has a common ancestor with"
|
|
msgstr "Heeft een gemeenschappelijke voorouder met"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7433(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who have common ancestors with the specified person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7439(term)
|
|
msgid "Has a common ancestor with filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Heeft een gemeenschappelijke voorouder met diegene die de filter vond"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7442(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who have common ancestors with someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7449(term)
|
|
msgid "Is an ancestor of filter match"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7452(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are ancestors of someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7461(title)
|
|
msgid "Descendant filters"
|
|
msgstr "Afstammelingen filters"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7463(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules that match people based on their descendant relations to other people:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7468(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a descendant of"
|
|
msgstr "Is een afstammeling van"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7471(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person. The Inclusive option determines whether the specified person should be considered his/her own descendant (useful for building reports)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7485(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a descendant of person at least N generations away"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7488(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person and are at least N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match grandchildren, great-grandchildren, etc., but not the children of the specified person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7498(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a descendant of person not more than N generations away"
|
|
msgstr "Is een afstammeling van de persoon niet méér dan N generaties verwijderd"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7502(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person and are no more than N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match children and grandchildren, but not great-grandchildren, etc., of the specified person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7512(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a descendant of filter match"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7515(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are descendants of someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7522(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a descendant family member of"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7525(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule not only matches people who are descendants of the specified person, but also those descendants' spouses."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7533(title)
|
|
msgid "Relationship filters"
|
|
msgstr "Relatie-filters"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7535(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules that match people based on their mutual relationship:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7540(term)
|
|
msgid "Relationship path between two people"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7543(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all ancestors of both people back to their common ancestors (if exist). This produces the \"relationship path\" between these two people, through their common ancestors."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7547(para)
|
|
msgid "You can either enter the ID of each person into the appropriate text entry fields, or select people from the list by clicking their <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> buttons. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7558(title)
|
|
msgid "Miscellaneous filters"
|
|
msgstr "Verscheidene filters"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7560(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules which do not naturally fit into any of the above categories:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7565(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the personal attribute"
|
|
msgstr "Heeft het persoonlijk kenmerk"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7568(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who have the personal attribute of the specified value. The specified personal attribute name should be selected from the menu. The specified value should be typed into the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7576(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the family attribute"
|
|
msgstr "Heeft het familiekenmerk"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7579(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who have the family attribute of the specified value. The specified family attribute should be selected from the menu. The specified value should be typed into the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7587(term)
|
|
msgid "Matches the filter named"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7590(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7600(title)
|
|
msgid "Command line reference"
|
|
msgstr "Commandoregel referentie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7602(para)
|
|
msgid "This appendix provides the reference to the command line capabilities available when launching GRAMPS from the terminal."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7606(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS was designed to be an interactive program. Therefore it uses graphical display and cannot run from the true non-graphical console. It would take an enormous amount of effort to enable it to run in a text-only terminal. This is why the set of command line options does not aim to completely get rid of dependency on the graphical display. Rather, it merely makes certain (typical) tasks more convenient. It also allows one to execute these tasks from the scripts. However, the graphical display must be accessible at all times!"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS werd ontworpen om een interactief programma te zijn. Daarom gebruikt het een grafische voorstelling en kan dus niet vanuit een echte niet-grafische console gelopen worden. Het zou een enorm veel moeite kosten om het programma te kunnen draaien in een enkel-tekst omgeving. Dit is de reden waarom de commandolijn opties niet trachtten om volledig komaf te maken met de afhankelijkheid van een grafisch beeld. Het maakt echter het uitvoeren van enkele (kenmerkende) taken gemakkelijker!"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7617(para)
|
|
msgid "To summarize, the use of the command line options provides non-interactive behavior, but does not get rid of graphical display dependency. Take it or leave it!"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7623(title)
|
|
msgid "Available options"
|
|
msgstr "Beschikbare opties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7625(para)
|
|
msgid "This section provides the reference list of all command line options available in GRAMPS. If you want to know more than just a list of options, see next sections: <xref linkend=\"cmdline-operation\"/> and <xref linkend=\"cmdline-examples\"/>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7631(title)
|
|
msgid "Format options"
|
|
msgstr "Formaatopties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7633(para)
|
|
msgid "The format of any file destined for opening, importing, or exporting can be specified with the <command>-f <replaceable>format</replaceable></command> option. The acceptable <replaceable>format</replaceable> values are listed below."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7640(term)
|
|
msgid "grdb"
|
|
msgstr "grdb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7643(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS database. This format is available for opening, import, and export. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .grdb"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS gegevensbestand. Dit formaat is beschikbaar om te openen, te importeren en te exporteren. Wanneer niet specifiek opgegeven, wordt het bestandsformaat afgeleid van de extensie .grdb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7650(term) C/gramps.xml:8039(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "gramps-xml"
|
|
msgstr "gramps-xml"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7653(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS XML database. This format is available for opening, import, and export. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .gramps"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS XML gegevensbestand. Dit formaat kan geopend, geïmporteerd en geëporteerd worden. Wanneer niet opgegeven kan formaat afgeleid worden uit de extensie .gramps"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7660(term) C/gramps.xml:8035(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "gedcom"
|
|
msgstr "gedcom"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7663(para)
|
|
msgid "GEDCOM file. This format is available for opening, import, and export. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .ged"
|
|
msgstr "GEDCOM-bestand. Dit formaat kan geopend, geïmporteerd en geëporteerd worden. Wanneer niet opgegeven kan formaat afgeleid worden uit de extensie .ged"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7670(term) C/gramps.xml:8037(replaceable) C/gramps.xml:8054(replaceable) C/gramps.xml:8067(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "gramps-pkg"
|
|
msgstr "gramps-pkg"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7673(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS package. This format is available for import and export. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .gpkg"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS-pakket. Dit format is beschikbaar voor import en export. Wanneer niet opgegeven kan formaat afgeleid worden uit de extensie .gpkg"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7680(term)
|
|
msgid "geneweb"
|
|
msgstr "geneweb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7683(para)
|
|
msgid "GeneWen file This format is available for import and export. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .gw"
|
|
msgstr "GeneWen bestanden. Dit format is beschikbaar voor import en export. Wanneer niet opgegeven kan formaat afgeleid worden uit de extensie .gw"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7690(term) C/gramps.xml:8040(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "wft"
|
|
msgstr "wft"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7693(para)
|
|
msgid "Web Family Tree. This format is available for export only. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .wft"
|
|
msgstr "Web Family Tree. Dit format is beschikbaar voor import en export. Wanneer niet opgegeven kan formaat afgeleid worden uit de extensie .wft"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7700(term)
|
|
msgid "iso"
|
|
msgstr "iso"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7703(para)
|
|
msgid "CD image. This format is available for export only. It must always be specified explicitly."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7711(title)
|
|
msgid "Opening options"
|
|
msgstr "Openingsopties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7713(para)
|
|
msgid "There are two ways to give GRAMPS the name of the file to be opened:"
|
|
msgstr "Er zijn twee manieren om GRAMPS te laten weten welk bestand dient geopend te worden:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7718(para)
|
|
msgid "supply bare file name"
|
|
msgstr "geef de bestandsnaam op zonder extensie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7722(para)
|
|
msgid "use the <command>-O <filename>filename</filename></command> or <command>-open=<filename>filename</filename></command> option"
|
|
msgstr "of gebruik de opdrachtregel: <command>-O <filename>bestandsnaam</filename></command> of <command>-open=<filename>bestandsnaam</filename></command>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7728(para)
|
|
msgid "If the filename is given without any option flag, the attempt to open the file will be made, and then the interactive GRAMPS session will be launched."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7733(para)
|
|
msgid "If no option is given, just the file name, GRAMPS will ignore the rest of the command line arguments. Use the -O flag to open the file and do something with the data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7738(para)
|
|
msgid "The format can be specified with the <command>-f <replaceable>format</replaceable></command> or <command>--format=<replaceable>format</replaceable></command> option, immediately following the <filename>filename</filename>. If not specified, the guess will be attempted based on the <filename>filename</filename>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7746(para)
|
|
msgid "Only grdb, gramps-xml, and gedcom formats can be opened directly. For other formats, you will need to use the import option which will set up the empty database and then import data into it."
|
|
msgstr "Enkel de volgende formaten kunnen rechtsreeks geopend worden: grdb, gramps-xml en gedcom. Voor andere formaten moet u gebruik maken van de importeer-optie. Maak een leeg gegevensbestand aan en importeer de gegevens hierin."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7753(para)
|
|
msgid "Only a single file can be opened. If you need to combine data from several sources, you will need to use the import option."
|
|
msgstr "Slecht één bestand kan geopend worden. Indien u gegevens van meerdere bestanden wenst te combineren, moet u de importeeropties gebruiken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7759(title)
|
|
msgid "Import options"
|
|
msgstr "Importeeropties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7761(para)
|
|
msgid "The files destined for import can be specified with the <command>-i <filename>filename</filename></command> or <command>--import=<filename>filename</filename></command> option. The format can be specified with the <command>-f <replaceable>format</replaceable></command> or <command>--format=<replaceable>format</replaceable></command> option, immediately following the <filename>filename</filename>. If not specified, the guess will be attempted based on the <filename>filename</filename>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7772(para)
|
|
msgid "More than one file can be imported in one command. If this is the case, GRAMPS will incorporate the data from the next file into the database available at the moment."
|
|
msgstr "Met één opdrachtregel kunnen meerdere bestanden geimporteerd worden. In dit geval zal GRAMPS de gegevens van het volgende bestand meenemen in het gevensbestand dat momenteel beschikbaar is."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7777(para)
|
|
msgid "When more than one input file is given, each has to be preceded by <command>-i</command> flag. The files are imported in the specified order, i.e. <command> -i <filename>file1</filename> -i <filename>file2</filename></command> and <command> -i <filename>file2</filename> -i <filename>file1</filename></command> might produce different GRAMPS IDs in the resulting database."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7786(title)
|
|
msgid "Export options"
|
|
msgstr "Exporteeropties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7788(para)
|
|
msgid "The files destined for export can be specified with the <command>-o <filename>filename</filename></command> or <command>--output=<filename>filename</filename></command> option. The format can be specified with the <command>-f</command> option immediately following the <filename>filename</filename>. If not specified, the guess will be attempted based on the <filename>filename</filename>. For iso format, the <filename>filename</filename> is actually the name of directory the GRAMPS database will be written into. For grdb, gramps-xml, gedcom, wft, geneweb, and gramps-pkg, the <filename>filename</filename> is the name of the resulting file."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7801(para)
|
|
msgid "More than one file can be exported in one command. If this is the case, GRAMPS will attempt to write several files using the data from the database available at the moment."
|
|
msgstr "Met één opdrachtregel kunnen meerdere bestanden geëxporteerd worden. In dit geval zal GRAMPS verschillende bestanden trachten weg te schrijven gebaseerd op de gegevens die op dat moment beschikbaar zijn in het gegevensbestand."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7806(para)
|
|
msgid "When more than one output file is given, each has to be preceded by <command>-o</command> flag. The files are written one by one, in the specified order."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7812(title)
|
|
msgid "Action options"
|
|
msgstr "Actie-opties"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7814(para)
|
|
msgid "The action to perform on the imported data can be specified with the <command>-a <replaceable>action</replaceable></command> or <command>--action=<replaceable>action</replaceable></command> option. This is done after all imports are successfully completed."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7819(para)
|
|
msgid "Currently available actions are:"
|
|
msgstr "Momenteel aanwezige opties zijn:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7823(term)
|
|
msgid "summary"
|
|
msgstr "samenvatting"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7826(para)
|
|
msgid "This action is the same as <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu><guisubmenu>View</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Summary</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7837(term) C/gramps.xml:8025(filename) C/gramps.xml:8041(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "check"
|
|
msgstr "controle"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7840(para)
|
|
msgid "This action is the same as <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guisubmenu>Database Processing</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Check and Repair</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7851(term) C/gramps.xml:8091(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "report"
|
|
msgstr "verslag"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7854(para)
|
|
msgid "This action allows producing reports from the command line. As reports generally have many options of their own, this action should be followed by the report option string. The string is given using the <command>-p <replaceable>option_string</replaceable></command> or <command>--options=<replaceable>option_string</replaceable></command> option."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7863(para)
|
|
msgid "The report option string should satisfy the following conditions:"
|
|
msgstr "De deeltekenreeks van de verslagoptie moet voldoen aan volgende voorwaarden:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7868(para)
|
|
msgid "It must not contain any spaces. If some arguments need to include spaces, the string should be enclosed with quotation marks."
|
|
msgstr "Mag geen spaties bevatten. Indien sommige argumenten toch spaties bevatten moet de deeltekenreeks tussen aanhalingstekens geplaatst worden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7874(para)
|
|
msgid "Option string must list pairs of option names and values."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7879(para)
|
|
msgid "Within a pair, option name and value must be separated by the equal sign."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7884(para)
|
|
msgid "Different pairs must be separated by commas."
|
|
msgstr "Indien er verscheidene paren zijn moeten deze dmv. comma's gescheiden worden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7889(para)
|
|
msgid "Most of the report options are specific for every report. However, there some common options."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7894(term)
|
|
msgid "name=report_name"
|
|
msgstr "naam=verslag_naam"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7897(para)
|
|
msgid "This mandatory option determines which report will be generated. If the supplied report_name does not correspond to any available report, the error message will be printed followed by the list of available reports."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7906(term)
|
|
msgid "show=all"
|
|
msgstr "toon=alles"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7909(para)
|
|
msgid "This will produce the list of names for all options available for a given report."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7915(term)
|
|
msgid "show=option_name"
|
|
msgstr "toon=optie_naam"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7918(para)
|
|
msgid "This will print the description of the functionality supplied by the option_name, as well as what are the acceptable types and values for this option."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7925(para)
|
|
msgid "Use the above options to find out everything about a given report."
|
|
msgstr "Gebruik de bovenstaande opties om meer te weten te komen over een bepaald report."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7929(para)
|
|
msgid "If an option is not supplied, the last used value will be used. If this report has never been generated before, then the value from last generated report will be used when applicable. Otherwise, the default value will be used."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7938(para)
|
|
msgid "When more than one output action is given, each has to be preceded by <command>-a</command> flag. The actions are performed one by one, in the specified order."
|
|
msgstr "Wanneer méér dan één uitvoeroptie gegeven is zal elke actie voorafgegaan moeten worden door de <command>-a</command> vlag. Deze acties zullen één per één uitgevoerd worden in de opgegeven volgorde."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7945(title)
|
|
msgid "Operation"
|
|
msgstr "Actie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7949(para)
|
|
msgid "If the first argument on the command line does not start with dash (i.e. no flag), GRAMPS will attempt to open the file with the name given by the first argument and start interactive session, ignoring the rest of the command line arguments."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7956(para)
|
|
msgid "If the <command>-O</command> flag is given, then GRAMPS will try opening the supplied file name and then work with that data, as instructed by the further command line parameters."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7961(para)
|
|
msgid "Only one file can be opened in a single invocation of GRAMPS. If you need to get data from multiple sources, use the importing options by using <command>-i</command> flag."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7968(para)
|
|
msgid "With or without the <command>-O</command> flag, there could be multiple imports, exports, and actions specified further on the command line by using <command>-i</command>, <command>-o</command>, and <command>-a</command> flags."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7975(para)
|
|
msgid "The order of <command>-i</command>, <command>-o</command>, or <command>-a</command> options with respect to each does not matter. The actual execution order always is: all imports (if any) -> all exports (if any) -> all actions (if any)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7981(para)
|
|
msgid "But opening must always be first!"
|
|
msgstr "Maar het openen moet steeds als eerste actie gebeuren!"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7986(para)
|
|
msgid "If no <command>-O</command> or <command>-i</command> option is given, GRAMPS will launch its main window and start the usual interactive session with the empty database, since there is no data to process, anyway."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7993(para)
|
|
msgid "If no <command>-o</command> or <command>-a</command> options are given, GRAMPS will launch its main window and start the usual interactive session with the database resulted from opening and all imports (if any). This database resides in the <filename>import_db.grdb</filename> file under the <filename>~/.gramps/import/</filename> directory."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8002(para)
|
|
msgid "Any errors encountered during import, export, or action, will be either dumped to stdout (if these are exceptions handled by GRAMPS) or or to stderr (if these are not handled). Use usual shell redirections of stdout and stderr to save messages and errors in files."
|
|
msgstr "Alle fouten gevonden gedurende een importeer of exporteer of enige andere actie, zullen ofwel gestuurd worden naar de standaard uitvoer (indien deze uitzonderingen behandeld worden door GRAMPS) of in het andere geval naar een foutbestand (indien die niet behandeld worden)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8012(title)
|
|
msgid "Examples"
|
|
msgstr "Voorbeelden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8016(term)
|
|
msgid "To import four databases (whose formats can be determined from their names) and then check the resulting database for errors, one may type:"
|
|
msgstr "Om vier gegevensbestanden (waarvan het formaat kan bepaald worden aan de namen) te importeren en vervolgens het resultaatgegevensbestand te controleren op fouten: "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8021(filename) C/gramps.xml:8034(filename) C/gramps.xml:8051(filename) C/gramps.xml:8064(filename) C/gramps.xml:8078(filename)
|
|
msgid "file1.ged"
|
|
msgstr "file1.ged"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8022(filename) C/gramps.xml:8036(filename) C/gramps.xml:8052(filename) C/gramps.xml:8079(filename)
|
|
msgid "file2.gpkg"
|
|
msgstr "file2.gpkg"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8023(filename) C/gramps.xml:8038(filename) C/gramps.xml:8080(filename)
|
|
msgid "~/db3.gramps"
|
|
msgstr "~/db3.gramps"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8024(filename) C/gramps.xml:8040(filename)
|
|
msgid "file4.wft"
|
|
msgstr "file4.wft"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8021(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -i<placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/> -i <placeholder-4/> -a <placeholder-5/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -i<placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/> -i <placeholder-4/> -a <placeholder-5/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8030(term)
|
|
msgid "To explicitly specify the formats in the above example, append filenames with appropriate <command>-f</command> options:"
|
|
msgstr "Om de formaten in bovenstaande voorbeelden expliciet aan te geven, voegt u de de <command>-f</command> opties:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8034(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -f <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/> -i <placeholder-5/> -f <placeholder-6/> -i <placeholder-7/> -f <placeholder-8/> -a <placeholder-9/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -f <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/> -i <placeholder-5/> -f <placeholder-6/> -i <placeholder-7/> -f <placeholder-8/> -a <placeholder-9/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8046(term)
|
|
msgid "To record the database resulting from all imports, supply <command>-o</command> flag (use <command>-f</command> if the filename does not allow GRAMPS to guess the format):"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8053(filename) C/gramps.xml:8066(filename)
|
|
msgid "~/new-package"
|
|
msgstr "~/new-package"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8051(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -o <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -o <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8059(term)
|
|
msgid "To save any error messages of the above example into files <filename>outfile</filename> and <filename>errfile</filename>, run:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8065(filename)
|
|
msgid "file2.dpkg"
|
|
msgstr "file2.dpkg"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8068(filename)
|
|
msgid "outfile"
|
|
msgstr "outfile"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8068(filename)
|
|
msgid "errfile"
|
|
msgstr "foutbestand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8064(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -o <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/> ><placeholder-5/> 2><placeholder-6/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -o <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/> ><placeholder-5/> 2><placeholder-6/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8074(term)
|
|
msgid "To import three databases and start interactive GRAMPS session with the result:"
|
|
msgstr "Om drie gegevensbestanden te importeren, een interactieve sessie GRAMPS-sessie te starten met als resultaat:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8078(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8085(term)
|
|
msgid "To open a database and, based on that data, generate timeline report in PDF format putting the output into the <filename>my_timeline.pdf</filename> file:"
|
|
msgstr "Om een gegevensbestand te openen, en gebaseerd op deze gegevens een tijdslijnverslag aan te maken in PDF-formaat en de uitvoer te sturen naar het <filename>mijn_tijdslijn.pdf</filename> bestand, voert u in:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8090(filename)
|
|
msgid "file.grdb"
|
|
msgstr "bestand.grdb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8092(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "name=timeline,off=pdf,of=my_timeline.pdf"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8090(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -O <placeholder-1/> -a <placeholder-2/> -p <placeholder-3/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -O <placeholder-1/> -a <placeholder-2/> -p <placeholder-3/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8096(para)
|
|
msgid "Use the <replaceable>name=timeline,show=all</replaceable> to find out about all available options for the timeline report. To find out details of a particular option, use <replaceable>show=option_name</replaceable>, e.g. <replaceable>name=timeline,show=off</replaceable> string."
|
|
msgstr "Om alle beschikbare opties te vinden van het tijdslijnverslag, gebruikt u <replaceable>naam=tijdslijn,toon=alle</replaceable>. Om meer te weten over een detail van een bepaalde optie, gebruikt u <replaceable>toon=optie_naam</replaceable>, bv. <replaceable>naam=tijdslijn,toon=off</replaceable>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8102(para)
|
|
msgid "To learn about available report names, use <replaceable>name=show</replaceable> string."
|
|
msgstr "Om meer te weten te komen over de verslagnamen gebruikt u de deeltekenrreeks <replaceable>naam=toon</replaceable>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8109(term)
|
|
msgid "Finally, to start normal interactive session type:"
|
|
msgstr "En tenslotte, om een interactieve sessie te starten geeft u in:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8112(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps"
|
|
msgstr "gramps"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8120(title)
|
|
msgid "About GRAMPS"
|
|
msgstr "Over GRAMPS"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8122(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS was written by Donald N. Allingham (<email>don@gramps-project.org</email>)."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS werd geschreven door Donald N. Allingham (<email>don@gramps-project.org</email>)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8128(para)
|
|
msgid "Tim Allen"
|
|
msgstr "Tim Allen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8132(para)
|
|
msgid "Larry Allingham"
|
|
msgstr "Larry Allingham"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8136(para)
|
|
msgid "Jens Arvidsson"
|
|
msgstr "Jens Arvidsson"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8140(para)
|
|
msgid "Kees Bakker"
|
|
msgstr "Kees Bakker"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8144(para)
|
|
msgid "Marcos Bedinelli"
|
|
msgstr "Marcos Bedinelli"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8148(para)
|
|
msgid "Wayne Bergeron"
|
|
msgstr "Wayne Bergeron"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8152(para)
|
|
msgid "Stefan Bjork"
|
|
msgstr "Stefan Bjork"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8156(para)
|
|
msgid "Douglas S. Blank"
|
|
msgstr "Douglas S. Blank"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8160(para)
|
|
msgid "Radu Bogdan Mare"
|
|
msgstr "Radu Bogdan Mare"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8164(para)
|
|
msgid "Alexander Bogdashevsky"
|
|
msgstr "Alexander Bogdashevsky"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8168(para)
|
|
msgid "Richard Bos"
|
|
msgstr "Richard Bos"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8172(para)
|
|
msgid "Matt Brubeck"
|
|
msgstr "Matt Brubeck"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8176(para)
|
|
msgid "Nathan Bullock"
|
|
msgstr "Nathan Bullock"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8180(para)
|
|
msgid "Lorenzo Cappelletti"
|
|
msgstr "Lorenzo Cappelletti"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8184(para)
|
|
msgid "Pier Luigi Cinquantini"
|
|
msgstr "Pier Luigi Cinquantini"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8188(para)
|
|
msgid "Bruce J. DeGrasse"
|
|
msgstr "Bruce J. DeGrasse"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8192(para)
|
|
msgid "Daniel Durand"
|
|
msgstr "Daniel Durand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8196(para)
|
|
msgid "Alexandre Duret-Lutz"
|
|
msgstr "Alexandre Duret-Lutz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8200(para)
|
|
msgid "Billy C. Earney"
|
|
msgstr "Billy C. Earney"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8204(para)
|
|
msgid "Baruch Even"
|
|
msgstr "Baruch Even"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8208(para)
|
|
msgid "Bernd Felsche"
|
|
msgstr "Bernd Felsche"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8212(para)
|
|
msgid "Egyeki Gergely"
|
|
msgstr "Egyeki Gergely"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8216(para)
|
|
msgid "Michel Guitel"
|
|
msgstr "Michel Guitel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8220(para)
|
|
msgid "Steve Hall"
|
|
msgstr "Steve Hall"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8224(para)
|
|
msgid "David R. Hampton"
|
|
msgstr "David R. Hampton"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8228(para)
|
|
msgid "Martin Hawlisch"
|
|
msgstr "Martin Hawlisch"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8232(para)
|
|
msgid "Anton Huber"
|
|
msgstr "Anton Huber"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8236(para)
|
|
msgid "Frode Jemtland"
|
|
msgstr "Frode Jemtland"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8240(para)
|
|
msgid "Mark Knoop"
|
|
msgstr "Mark Knoop"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8244(para)
|
|
msgid "Greg Kuperberg"
|
|
msgstr "Greg Kuperberg"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8248(para)
|
|
msgid "Arkadiusz Lipiec"
|
|
msgstr "Arkadiusz Lipiec"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8252(para)
|
|
msgid "Lars Kr. Lundin"
|
|
msgstr "Lars Kr. Lundin"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8256(para)
|
|
msgid "Radek Malcic"
|
|
msgstr "Radek Malcic"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8260(para)
|
|
msgid "Benny Malengier"
|
|
msgstr "Benny Malengier"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8264(para)
|
|
msgid "Leonid Mamtchenkov"
|
|
msgstr "Leonid Mamtchenkov"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8268(para)
|
|
msgid "Brian Matherly"
|
|
msgstr "Brian Matherly"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8272(para)
|
|
msgid "Tino Meinen"
|
|
msgstr "Tino Meinen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8276(para)
|
|
msgid "Serge Noiraud"
|
|
msgstr "Serge Noiraud"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8280(para)
|
|
msgid "Frederick Noronha"
|
|
msgstr "Frederick Noronha"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8284(para)
|
|
msgid "Jeffrey C. Ollie"
|
|
msgstr "Jeffrey C. Ollie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8288(para)
|
|
msgid "Jiri Pejchal"
|
|
msgstr "Jiri Pejchal"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8292(para)
|
|
msgid "Donald A. Peterson"
|
|
msgstr "Donald A. Peterson"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8296(para)
|
|
msgid "Guillaume Pratte"
|
|
msgstr "Guillaume Pratte"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8300(para)
|
|
msgid "Alexandre Prokoudine"
|
|
msgstr "Alexandre Prokoudine"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8304(para)
|
|
msgid "Laurent Protois"
|
|
msgstr "Laurent Protois"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8308(para)
|
|
msgid "Matthieu Pupat"
|
|
msgstr "Matthieu Pupat"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8312(para)
|
|
msgid "Jérôme Rapinat"
|
|
msgstr "Jérôme Rapinat"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8316(para)
|
|
msgid "Trevor Rhodes"
|
|
msgstr "Trevor Rhodes"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8320(para)
|
|
msgid "Alexander Roitman"
|
|
msgstr "Alexander Roitman"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8324(para)
|
|
msgid "Soren Roug"
|
|
msgstr "Soren Roug"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8328(para)
|
|
msgid "Jason Salaz"
|
|
msgstr "Jason Salaz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8332(para)
|
|
msgid "Julio Sanchez"
|
|
msgstr "Julio Sanchez"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8336(para)
|
|
msgid "Bernd Schandl"
|
|
msgstr "Bernd Schandl"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8340(para)
|
|
msgid "Martin Senftleben"
|
|
msgstr "Martin Senftleben"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8344(para)
|
|
msgid "Yaakov Selkowitz"
|
|
msgstr "Yaakov Selkowitz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8348(para)
|
|
msgid "Gary Shao"
|
|
msgstr "Gary Shao"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8352(para)
|
|
msgid "Arturas Sleinius"
|
|
msgstr "Arturas Sleinius"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8356(para)
|
|
msgid "Jim Smart"
|
|
msgstr "Jim Smart"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8360(para)
|
|
msgid "Steve Swales"
|
|
msgstr "Steve Swales"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8364(para)
|
|
msgid "Eero Tamminen"
|
|
msgstr "Eero Tamminen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8368(para)
|
|
msgid "Samuel Tardieu"
|
|
msgstr "Samuel Tardieu"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8372(para)
|
|
msgid "Richard Taylor"
|
|
msgstr "Richard Taylor"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8376(para)
|
|
msgid "James Treacy"
|
|
msgstr "James Treacy"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8380(para)
|
|
msgid "Lubo Vasko"
|
|
msgstr "Lubo Vasko"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8384(para)
|
|
msgid "Sebastian Voecking"
|
|
msgstr "Sebastian Voecking"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8388(para)
|
|
msgid "Xing Wang"
|
|
msgstr "Xing Wang"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8392(para)
|
|
msgid "Tim Waugh"
|
|
msgstr "Tim Waugh"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8396(para)
|
|
msgid "Jesper Zedlitz"
|
|
msgstr "Jesper Zedlitz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8125(para)
|
|
msgid "The somewhat incomplete list of contributors includes (in alphabetical order): <placeholder-1/> If you know of somebody else who should be listed here, please let us know."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8401(para)
|
|
msgid "To find more information about GRAMPS, please visit the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://gramps-project.org\">GRAMPS Project Web page</ulink>."
|
|
msgstr "Wilt u meer weten over GRAMPS, ga dan naar deze link: <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://gramps-project.org\">GRAMPS Project Web page</ulink>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8405(para)
|
|
msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, use the help menu in GRAMPS, or follow the directions on <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://gramps.sourceforce.net/contact.html\">this site.</ulink>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8410(para)
|
|
msgid "This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gpl\">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program."
|
|
msgstr "Dit programma wordt verdeeld onder de voorwaarden van de GNU publieke licentie zoals gepubliceerd door de \"Free Software Foundation\"; ofwel de versie 2 van dze licensie, ofwel elke latere versie (dit is uw keuze). Een kopie van de licensie kunt u vinden onder deze link: <ulink type=\"hulp\" url=\"ghelp:gpl\">link</ulink>, of in het bestand \"COPYING\" dat bijgevoegd werd bij de broncode van dit programma."
|
|
|
|
#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:0(None)
|
|
msgid "translator-credits"
|
|
msgstr "Frederik De Richter <email>erik.de.richter@be.gm.com</email>, 2007"
|
|
|